qpdfview 0.4.18.tar.gz release, cc642e7fa74029373ca9b9fbc29adc4883f8b455130a78ad54746d6844a0396c

This commit is contained in:
Albert S. 2019-11-15 20:31:02 +01:00
commit 0bbe0da55e
221 changed files with 156020 additions and 0 deletions

600
CHANGES Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
Release 0.4.18:
* Fixed various issue w.r.t. statically linked plug-ins and cross builds for Windows. Thanks to Marshall Banana.
* Fixed encoding issues w.r.t. CUPS names. Thanks to Silvan Scherrer.
* Fixed not overwriting page ranges CUPS option when set already by Qt's print dialog. Thanks to Fabio Rossi.
* Fixed refreshing modified documents from disk.
* Added support for nested splitting of document views.
* Added support for transparent decompression of document files.
* Added restoring of tab order and of current tab.
* Added action to open current file in new window. Thanks to Pavel Sanda.
* Updated support for MuPDF to version 1.12 and later. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Added support for EPUB, XPS, CBZ and FB2 via MuPDF. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Automated translations import from Launchpad via Travis CI. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Imported various new and updated translations from Launchpad. Thanks to all Launchpad translators!
Release 0.4.17:
* Fixed query to populate the instance list for the choose instance dialog.
* Fixed selecting the complete text upon opening a page number dialog.
* Fixed computation of tile sub rect w.r.t. non-unit device pixel ratios.
* Moved loading of interactive elements out of the main event loop.
* Optimize tile rendering event handling by centralizing dispatch.
* The results of the current tab are now automatically expanded in the extended search dock.
* Added support for external document links to the outline view.
* Added optional page-parallel execution of text search.
* Added triggering SyncTeX reverse search using a keyboard modifier.
* Keyboard modifiers for mouse interaction can be disabled.
* Optimizations of the search dock layout w.r.t. vertical/horizontal positioning.
* Added context menu action to move document to a different instance.
* Changed cache size tracking from byte to kilobyte granularity to support more than 2 GB cache.
* Added a save in addition to the save-as action to simplify modifying documents in-place.
* Added Japanese translations. Thanks to Koji Yokota.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to ned.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Charles Monzat.
* Updated Lithunian translations. Thanks Moo.
Release 0.4.16:
* Fixed an incompatibility with FDo's shared MIME type database that broke opening DjVu documents.
* Added function to dynamically fit thumbnails into the viewport.
* Added support to use system SyncTeX parser library.
* Added support to open image formats supported by Qt.
* SyncTeX is available and discoverable within the main view's context menu.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translations. Thanks to Felipe Braga.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to ned.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Andi Chandler and Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Portuguese translations. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Updated Lithunian translations. Thanks to Moo.
* Updated Spanish translations. Thanks to Guillermo and Adolfo Jayme.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Charles Monzat.
Release 0.4.15:
* Fixed compatibility with MuPDF version 1.7. Thanks to Martin Banky.
* Added keeping the page-relative position upon page change.
* Added document properties on PDF version, encryption and linearization.
* Added keyboard navigation to the outline view. Thanks to Bendik R. Opstad.
* Added configurable document and tab context menus. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Added composition modes to adjust the background of scanned documents.
* Extended the default movement keyboard shortcuts to include the numpad keys.
* Made the trim-margins setting a per-tab property.
* Added Hungarian translations. Thanks to Páder Rezső.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington and Andy Chandler.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Jean Marc.
Release 0.4.14:
* Fixed keyboard movement not working in annotations and form fields.
* Fixed display of warning dialog upon restoring tabs.
* Fixed compilation using LLVM Clang. Thanks to Franz Fellner.
* Fixed crash upon middle-clicking into empty part of tab bar.
* Fixed a race condition in text extraction within the extended search dock.
* Fixed losing rendering hints after unlocking encrypted PDF documents.
* Improved user interaction of the extended search dock.
* Improved the speed of text extraction within the extended search dock. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Improved performance at very large scale factors by dynamically adjusting tile size.
* Added restoring of expanded outline items after refresh. Thanks to Bendik R. Opstad.
* Added various smaller user interface enhancements.
* Added whole-words-only search option (depending on Poppler version 0.31 or higher).
* Added optionally searchable tabs and bookmarks menus.
* Improved flexibility of searching DjVu documents.
* Added Finnish translation of online help. Thanks to Timo Seppola.
* Updated settings section of the online help.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Spanish translations. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme.
* Updated Simplified Chinese translations. Thanks to electricface.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to ☠Jay ZDLin☠ and Aleksey Kabanov.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Jean Marc.
Release 0.4.13:
* Fixed a memory leak when processing meta-data in the DjVu plug-in.
* Fixed a crash when loading corrupted DjVu documents.
* Removed the warning dialog about unknown file type to fix the '--quiet' option.
* Added optional extended search dock displaying results from all open tabs. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Added per-tab setting to convert pages to grayscale after rendering.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Kazakh translations. Thanks to Baurzhan Muftakhidinov.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Portuguese translations. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
Release 0.4.12:
* Fixed loading document-supplied view mode defaults.
* Fixed installation location of application icon to use hicolor icon theme.
* Fixed an instability of DjVu meta-data extraction.
* Added function to automatically trim empty page margins.
* Added dock to improved access to bookmarks. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Added support for document-supplied page label. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Added context menu to copy link addresses.
* Improved caching, i.e. do not drop pixmaps on scale factor change. Thanks to Martin Spacek.
* Improved rendering by giving a higher priority to rendering visible pages compared to prefetching. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Improved computation of current page for continuous layouts. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Improved searching of DjVu documents. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
* Extended the D-Bus interface to support more IPC scenarios.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Thai translations. Thanks to Rockworld.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to Oleg Koptev.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik.
Release 0.4.11.1:
* Fix progress and error icons and obsolete pixmaps not working without tiling.
* Fix compilation using Microsoft Visual C++. Thanks to S. Razi Alavizadeh.
Release 0.4.11:
* Added tiled rendering currently disabled by default.
* Made zooming logarithmic instead of linear. Thanks to Martin Spacek.
* Added displaying various library versions in the about box. Thanks to Martin Spacek.
* Added actions to toggle visibility of tool bars and menu bar.
* Fixed questionably low interval for automatically saving persistent state. Thanks to Martin Spacek.
* Fixed high writing overhead for automatically saving persistent state. Thanks to Boris Popov.
* Fixed building without SQLite support again. Thanks to Sébastien Szymanski.
* Fixed disabling restoring of tabs and bookmarks. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Removed extended print options page set and number-up as Qt version 5.2 supports them internally.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Tubuntu and Sylvie Gallet.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to A. Kohl, Anthony Harrington and fossfreedom.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Spanish translations. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Added Belarussian translations. Thanks to Yury Yatsynovich.
* Added Thai translations. Thanks to KL.
Release 0.4.10:
* Fixed race condition when a deleted render task mit tries to emit a signal. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Fixed double deletion in recently closed menu. Thanks to Arnaud Schmittbuhl.
* Fixed inconsistency when invoking a unique instance. Thanks to Dorian Scholz.
* Fixed confusing auto-refresh if file is deleted.
* Added using the document title from the meta-data as the tab title. Thanks to Dorian Scholz.
* Added spreading out tabs to fill the whole tab bar. Thanks to Dorian Scholz.
* Added periodically storing persistent state.
* Added opening internal links in a new tab by middle-clicking.
* Added zooming to selection by middle-dragging.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Vietnamese translations. Thanks to Khang Mạnh Tử.
* Updated Indonesian translation. Thanks to Rizal Muttaqin and Trisno Pamuji.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
* Updated Romainian translations. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Updated Portuguese translations. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks abuyop.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Asturian translations. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translations. Thanks to Lucas Reis.
Release 0.4.9:
* Added experimental Fitz plug-in.
* Added action to use text as selection instead of copying to clipboard.
* Added color feedback whether search term was found to help dialog. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Added option to switch multiple page layouts into right-to-left mode. Thanks to Abdellah Chelli.
* Added loading of document-supplied defaults.
* Added setting to choose Poppler backend.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Piotr Strębski.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Pierre Soulat and Arnaud Schmittbuhl.
* Updated Azerbaijani translations. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated German translations. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Updated Vietnamese translations. Thanks to Khang Mạnh Tử.
* Updated Kazakh translations. Thanks to Baurzhan Muftakhidinov.
* Updated Asturian translations. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to Marc Coll Carrillo and VPablo.
* Updated Spanish translations. Thanks to Aaron Farias.
* Updated Galician translatios. Thanks to Miguel Anxo Bouzada.
* Updated Hebrew translations. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
Release 0.4.8:
* Fixed building without SQLite support. Thanks to Franz Fellner.
* Fixed a performance problem when switching to a tab with a fallback outline takes seconds.
* Added optional functionality to restore closed tabs.
* Added zoom functionality to the presentation view.
* Added Vietnamese translations. Thanks to Khang Mạnh Tử.
* Added Swedish translations. Thanks to Martin Linder.
* Updated Bulgarian translations. Thanks to Atanas Kovachki.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Portuguese translations. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Russian translations. Thanks to HsH and Aleksey Kabanov.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Arnaud Schmittbuhl.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to Marc Coll Carrillo.
* Updated German translations. Thanks to Dennis Baudys.
* Updated Chinese (Simplified) translations. Thanks to Evo Jimmy.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Azerbaijani translations. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik.
Release 0.4.7:
* Extended bookmarks storage format to add labelled bookmarks.
* Extended handling of annotations and form fields using overlays.
* Added support for opening execute links and for saving file attachments from annotations.
* Improved parsing of command-line arguments and Workbench integration on AmigaOS. Thanks to Chris Young.
* Improved behaviour of movement keys in certain corner cases. Thanks to Thomas Etter.
* Added keyboard shortcuts to focus current page and scale factor in tool bar.
* Fixed a race condition that could lead to dropping rendered pages.
* Fixed a small issue with adding and removing annotations.
* Added partial Lithunian translation. Thanks to Automatizatorius.
* Added partial Korean translation. Thanks to Litty.
* Updated Czech translations. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated French translations. Thanks to Arnaud Schmittbuhl, Tubuntu, Pierre Soulat and Teromene.
* Updated Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated British English translations. Thanks to Andi Chandler and Anthony Harrington.
* Updated Malay translations. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Polish translations. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik and Piotr Strębski.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translations. Thanks to Rodrigo Zimmermann.
* Updated German translations. Thanks to Thomas Worofsky, Tobias B. and Benjamin Eltzner.
* Updated Kazakh translations. Thanks to Baurzhan Muftakhidinov.
* Updated Slovak translations. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Bulgarian translations. Thanks to Atanas Kovachki.
* Updated Galician translations. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Catalan translations. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Greek translations. Thanks to George Christofis.
* Updated Italian translations. Thanks to Giovanni Grieco.
* Updated Spanish translations. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos.
* Updated Azerbaijani translations. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
Release 0.4.6:
* Added function that keeps obsolete pixmaps and displays them until final rendering is available.
* Added command-line option that displays a dialog to choose the name of the started instance.
* Added confirmation dialog before closing a modified document.
* Added optional support for device pixel ratios that are unequal to one.
* Added setting to change presentation background.
* Added desktop action for non-unique instances and choosing instances to the desktop entry.
* Fixed loading of translation for Qt dialogs, e.g. the print dialog.
* Added support for translations of online help. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Added support for searching of online help. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Updated Ukrainian translation and added translation of the online help. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Galician translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Malay translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Polish translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik.
* Updated French translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Arnaud Schmittbuhl, Pierre Soulat and Pierre Slamich.
* Updated Italian translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to Marc Coll Carrillo and VPablo.
* Updated Czech translation and added translation of the online help. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Slovak translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Portuguese translation. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Updated British English translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to fossfreedom and Andi Chandler.
* Updated Idonesian translation. Thanks to Trisno Pamuji.
* Updated Azerbaijani translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Chinese (Simplified) translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Xiaoxing Ye.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated German translation and added partial translation of the online help. Thanks to Tobias B. and Benjamin Eltzner.
* Added partial Bulgarian translation of the online help. Thanks to Atanas Kovachki.
Release 0.4.5:
* Fixed an error in drawing the search progress.
* Fixed an error preventing the annotation context menu from being displayed.
* Fixed decorating links when using Qt5.
* Improved the layout of the search widgets.
* Added setting to heuristically synchronize the outline view to the current page.
* Improved thumbnails layout to change between horizontal and vertical according to dock location.
* Updated Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated German translation. Thanks to A. Kohl.
* Updated Bulgarian translation. Thanks to Blagovest Petrov.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Arnaud Schmittbuhl.
* Updated Kazakh translation. Thanks to Baurzhan Muftakhidinov.
Release 0.4.4:
* Improved building on Windows and OS/2 and plug-in handling on all platforms. Thanks to Silvan Scherrer.
* Added button to revert only the settings on the current tab of the settings dialog to their defaults.
* Added tool tip showing paper size to the thumbnails view.
* Added setting for number of entries in the recently used list.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Kyrill Detinov and Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Azerbaijani translation. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Esperanto translation. Thanks to Eliovir.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Galician translation. Thanks to Marcos Lans.
* Updated Romanian translation. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Updated Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated British English translation. Thanks to Andi Chandler.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Teromene.
* Added Portuguese translation. Thanks to Sérgio Marques.
* Added Kazakh translation. Thanks to Baurzhan Muftakhidinov.
Release 0.4.3:
* Fixed custom movement shortcuts not being activated after program initialization.
* Fixed default scroll area shortcuts not being shadowed completely.
* Fixed outline view layout on open and refresh and trying to set resize mode of non-existent outline view columns.
* Increased auto-refresh timeout and made auto-refresh and prefetch timeouts configurable.
* Improved drawing of search result highlights and added a setting for the highlight color.
* Added command-line options '--quiet' and '--help'.
* Added support for multiple shortcuts for each action.
* Added option to highlight the current thumbnail.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun.
* Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Hélion du Mas des Bourboux and Dorian.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Asturian translation. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Updated British English translation. Thanks to Andi Chandler.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Romanian translation. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Added Galician translation. Thanks to Marcos Lans and Miguel Anxo Bouzada.
Release 0.4.2:
* Refactoring to improve code size and quality.
* Added restoring and saving of printer settings.
* Added command-line option to initiate a search in the current tab.
* Added setting to determine the color of annotations added.
* Instead of return to page, there is now jump backward and forward.
* Added setting to limit thumbnails to search results.
* Added setting on where to open new tabs.
* Added setting to display the current page in the window title.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks Pavel Fric.
* Updated Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Tubuntu and Hélion du Mas des Bourboux.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Yuri Chornoivan.
* Updated Polish translation. Thanks to isamu715 and Mateusz Łukasik.
* Updated Azerbaijani translation. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
* Updated Romanian translation. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Updated Bulgarian translation. Thanks to Blagovest Petrov.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Eugene Marshal and Ivlev Denis.
* Updated British English translation. Thanks to fossfreedom.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun and Paolo Pelesk.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos and Aaron Farias.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Chinese (Simplified) translation. Thanks to Wang Dianjin.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
Release 0.4.1:
* Added configurable keyboard shortcuts.
* Added per-plug-in settings for PDF and PS plug-ins.
* Added granular hinting and thin line mode settings for the PDF plug-in.
* Added progress and errors icons for page rendering.
* Added workaround for overwriting a file with itself using a temporary file.
* Added rudimentary text extraction and search support for DjVu documents.
* Changed color inversion to be a per-tab property.
* Improved rotation and color inversion in the presentation view.
* Updated Danish translation. Thanks to Aputsiaq Niels Janussen.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik and isamu715.
* Updated Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Kyrill Detinov.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Danish translation. Thanks to Aputsiaq Niels Janussen.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Sylvie Gallet and Tubuntu.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to yurchor.
* Updated British English translation. Thanks to Andi Chandler.
* Added Esperanto translation. Thanks to Donald Rogers.
* Added Bulgarian translation. Thanks to Atanas Kovachki and Blagovest Petrov.
* Added partial Azerbaijani translation. Thanks to Rashid Aliyev.
Release 0.4:
* Added support for multiple formats.
* Added format detection using libmagic.
* Added support for PostScript. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Added rudimentary support for DjVu.
* Added support for hyperlinks in DjVu documents. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Added support for outline and properties of DjVu documents.
* Added support for UNIX signals.
* Added missing support for links to external documents.
* Small improvements to prefetching.
* Changed presentation view to support rotation, caching and prefetching.
* Dropped support for storing tabs and bookmarks as XML files.
* Improved handling of headers and their interdependencies. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar and yurchor.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated British English translation. Thanks to Andi Chandler.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Hélion du Mas des Bourboux.
* Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Mateusz Łukasik and Mike08.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Asturian translation. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Sylvie Gallet and Tanguy Herrmann.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Dante Diaz.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar.
* Updated Bosnian translation. Thanks to Kenan Dervišević.
* Added Malay translation. Thanks to abuyop.
Release 0.3.7:
* Added persistent per-file settings.
* Separated "Save copy" and "Save as" functionality.
* Added extended print option "page ranges".
* Added configurable background and paper color.
* Added named instances. Thanks to Michał Trybus.
* Refactored settings handling. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Reduced header interdependencies. Thanks to Alexander Volkov.
* Changed searching for data files in the "data" subdirectory of the application directory.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Átila Camurça and Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Asturian translation. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Danish translation. Thanks to Daniel Ejsing-Duun and Aputsiaq Niels Janussen.
* Updated Romanian translation. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Updated Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Nkolay Parukhin.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos.
* Updated Uyghur translation. Thanks to Gheyret T.Kenji and Sahran.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun.
* Added Bosnian translation. Thanks to Kenan Dervišević.
* Added Polish translation. Thanks to Michał Trybus.
* Added Basque translation. Thanks to Asier Iturralde Sarasola.
* Added partial Kirgiz translation. Thanks to blacktext.
* Added partial Indonesian translation. Thanks to Abdul Munif Hanafi.
Release 0.3.6:
* Added a 'multiple pages' layout mode.
* Added support for extended options in the print dialog.
* Added support for multiple returns.
* Added rudimentary form support.
* Fixed handling of boolean CUPS options.
* Exposed render hint 'overprint preview'.
* Added viewport culling for the thumbnails view.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks Pavel Fric.
* Updated Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith and Rafael Neri.
* Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, manolox and Daniel Ejsing-Duun.
* Updated Croatian translation. Thanks to freedomrun and gogo.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Aurélien Ribeiro, Dominique Chomet, Quentin Pagès and Gisele Perreault.
* Updated Greek translation. Thanks to George Christofis.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Kyrill Detinov and Vladimir Smolyar.
* Updated Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar.
* Added Danish translation. Thanks to mjjzf, Ask Hjorth Larsen and Daniel Ejsing-Duun.
* Added partial Uyghur translation. Thanks to Gheyret T.Kenji.
* Added British English translation. Thanks to Andi Chandler.
* Added Italian translation. Thanks to Claudio Arseni.
* Added Romanian translation. Thanks to Vlad Paul Paval.
* Added partial Chinese (Simplified) translation. Thanks to Wang Dianjin.
* Added partial Burmese translation. Thanks to Pyae Sone.
* Added Catalan translation. Thanks to VPablo.
Release 0.3.5:
* Improved compatibility with older versions of Qt and Poppler.
* Improved the layout of the settings dialog.
* Improved compatibility with other applications using Poppler by cropping text annotations to 24px x 24px @ 72dpi.
* Added searching data files in the application directory to improve compatibility with Windows and OS/2.
* Added a 'save image to file' option to the 'copy to clipboard' pop-up menu.
* Added support for forward and inverse search using SyncTeX.
* Updated Slovak and Czech translations. Thanks to DAG Software and Pavel Fric.
* Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith and Fábio Nogueira.
* Updated Russian and Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar.
* Added Hebrew translation. Thanks to Yaron Shahrabani.
* Updated partial Greek translation. Thanks to George Christofis.
* Added Turkish translation. Thanks to Şâkir Aşçı.
* Added partial Croation translation. Thanks to freedomrun.
* Added partial Finnish translation. Thanks to Eetu Aalto.
* Added partial Asturian translation. Thanks to Xuacu Saturio.
* Added partial French translation. Thanks to Baptiste Fontaine, Kévin Peignot, Smonff, Sylvie Gallet, fbn69 and Gisele Perreault.
* Added partial Spanish translation. Thanks to Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, Dante Díaz and Paco Molinero.
Release 0.3.4:
* Fixed a crash when highlight all is enabled and the document is refreshed.
* Fixed problems with highlight all and find next.
* Added a setting to select the screen used in the presentation view.
* Added a setting to synchronize main view and presentation view.
* Added a 'Two pages with cover page' layout mode.
* Added delayed pop-up menu for 'recently used' to 'open (in new tab)' tool bar action.
* Added Brazilian Portuguese translation. Thanks to Phillipe Smith.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Russian and Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar.
Release 0.3.3:
* Fixed some rendering artifacts.
* Improved navigation using bookmarks.
* Reorganized settings dialog and made keyboard modifiers for several mouse actions configurable.
* Added menu and tool bar actions to copy texts or images or add annotations.
* Added Ukrainian translation. Thanks to Vladimir Smolyar.
* Updated Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
* Updated Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Eugene Marshal and Vladimir Smolyar.
Release 0.3.2:
* Reduced code size and complexity.
* Reduced memory consumption and made caching optional.
* Further interface consolidation.
* Changed the search interface to allow concurrent search processes.
* Replaced the transient bookmarking mechanism in the document view with an optionally persistent bookmarking mechanism in the main window which bookmarks files and pages.
* Added rudimentary annotation support.
* Added '--unique' command-line option to the system-wide launcher.
* Added Czech translation. Thanks to Pavel Fric.
* Added partial Greek translation. Thanks to athmakrigiannis.
* Added partial Russian translation. Thanks to v_2e.
* Added Slovak translation. Thanks to DAG Software.
Release 0.3.1:
* Fixed several bugs.
* Changed license from GPLv3 to GPLv2 to remove license incompatibilities with poppler.
* Removed French, Ukrainian and Russian translations because of license change.
Release 0.3:
* Focus on usability of the interface.
* Improved scaling.
* Added printing using CUPS.
* Added configurable tool bars.
* Added build-time options.
* Improved documentation.
* Updated German translation.
* Updated Russian translation. Thanks to Eugene Marshal.
Release 0.2.2:
* Improved settings dialog.
* Improved thumbnails view.
* Added recenctly used menu.
* Added presentation view.
* Added automatic refresh.
* Added simple transient bookmarks mechanism.
* Added '--unique' command-line option.
* Added some help content and updated the manual page. Thanks to Benjamin Eltzner.
* Updated French translation. Thanks to Fabian Pijcke.
* Added partial Romanian translation. Thanks to Andi Cristian Șerbănescu.
Release 0.2.1:
* Extensive refactoring.
* Improved search.
* Simplified text-selection.
* Added outline and thumbnails view.
* Added settings dialog.
* Added French translation. Thanks to Glad Deschrijver.
* Added partial Russian, Belorussian and Ukrainian translations. Thanks to Leo Romanovski.
Release 0.2:
* Complete rewrite introducing background rendering.
* Added rudimentary support for search and text-selection.
* Limited page cache by byte count instead of image count.

138
CONTRIBUTORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
Eetu Aalto <eetu.aalto@iki.fi>
S. Razi Alavizadeh <s.r.alavizadeh@gmail.com>
Automatizatorius <andrius_0@yahoo.de>
abuyop
Ganesh Ajjanagadde <gajjanagadde@gmail.com>
Rashid Aliyev
Claudio Arseni <claudio.arseni@ubuntu.com>
Şâkir Aşçı
athmakrigiannis <athmakrigiannis@gmail.com>
Marshall Banana <djcj@gmx.de>
Martin Banky <Martin.Banky@gmail.com>
Dennis Baudys
Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <itoschido@ubuntu.com>
blacktext <translatorky@lavabit.com>
Felipe Braga <fbobraga@gmail.com>
Hélion du Mas des Bourboux <helion331990@gmail.com>
Miguel Anxo Bouzada <mbouzada@gmail.com>
Tobias B.
Átila Camurça <camurca.home@gmail.com>
Marc Coll Carrillo
Andi Chandler
Abdellah Chelli <sneetsher@gmail.com>
Dominique Chomet <c.domi@laposte.net>
Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@gmail.com>
George Christofis <geochr22@gmail.com>
Consus <consus@ftml.net>
DAG Software
Ivlev Denis
Kenan Dervišević <kenan3008@gmail.com>
Glad Deschrijver <glad.deschrijver@gmail.com>
Kyrill Detinov <lazy.kent@opensuse.org>
Wang Dianjin
Dante Díaz <dante@ubuntu.com>
djcj <djcj@gmx.de>
Dorian
Daniel Ejsing-Duun
electricface <electricface@qq.com>
Eliovir <eliovir@gmail.com>
Benjamin Eltzner <b.eltzner@gmx.de>
Thomas Etter <etterth@gmail.com>
Aaron Farias
fbn69
Baptiste Fontaine
fossfreedom
freedomrun <freedomrun@yandex.com>
Franz Fellner <alpine.art.de@googlemail.com>
Pavel Fric <pavelfric@seznam.cz>
Sylvie Gallet
gogo <trebelnik2@gmail.com>
Giovanni Grieco <giovanni.grc96@gmail.com>
Guillermo <guille.agudelo@gmail.com>
Abdul Munif Hanafi
Anthony Harrington <untaintableangel@ubuntu.com>
Tanguy Herrmann
HsH <hsh@runtu.org>
isamu715 <isamu715@gmail.com>
Aputsiaq Niels Janussen <aj@isit.gl>
Evo Jimmy <evolution.jimmy@gmail.com>
Aleksey Kabanov
KL <sumoisrock@gmail.com>
A. Kohl
Oleg Koptev <koptev.oleg@gmail.com>
Atanas Kovachki
Marcos Lans
Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen@gmail.com>
Jerome Laurens <jerome.laurens@u-bourgogne.fr>
Martin Linder
Litty
Mateusz Łukasik
manolox
Jean Marc
Eugene Marshal
Sérgio Marques
Mike08 <micou8@gmail.com>
mjjzf <mjjzf@syntaktisk.dk>
Charles Monzat <superboa@hotmail.fr>
Paco Molinero <paco@byasl.com>
Moo <hazap@hotmail.com>
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov
Rizal Muttaqin
ned
Rafael Neri
Fábio Nogueira <deb-user-ba@ubuntu.com>
Bendik R. Opstad <bro.devel+qpdfview@gmail.com>
Sandor Ortegon <sandortegon@myopera.com>
Quentin Pagès
Trisno Pamuji <tri.snowman@gmail.com>
Nkolay Parukhin <parukhin@gmail.com>
Vlad Paul Paval
Kévin Peignot <peignot.kevin@kpeignot.fr>
Paolo Pelesk <ted.teddy.cro@gmail.com>
Gisele Perreault
Blagovest Petrov <blagovest@petrovs.info>
Fabian Pijcke <fabian.pijcke@gmail.com>
Eugene Pivnev <ti.eugene@gmail.com>
Boris Popov <borisxm@gmail.com>
Adam Reichold <adam.reichold@t-online.de>
Páder Rezső <rezso@rezso.net>
Lucas Reis <lukereis@live.com>
Aurélien Ribeiro <aurel.koala@hotmail.fr>
Rockworld <sumoisrock@gmail.com>
Donald Rogers <dero2648@clear.net.nz>
Leo Romanovski <leo@pythonics.org>
Pavel Sanda <sanda@lyx.org>
Sahran
Asier Iturralde Sarasola
Xuacu Saturio <xuacusk8@gmail.com>
Timo Seppola
Andi Cristian Șerbănescu <ac.serbanescu@gmail.com>
Silvan Scherrer <silvan.scherrer@aroa.ch>
Arnaud Schmittbuhl <aschmittbuhl@libertysurf.fr>
Dorian Scholz <DorianScholz@gmx.de>
Yaron Shahrabani <sh.yaron@gmail.com>
Pierre Slamich <pierre.slamich@gmail.com>
Mark Smith <smithmark347@gmail.com>
Phillipe Smith <phillipelnx@gmail.com>
Vladimir Smolyar <v_2e@ukr.net>
Smonff <seb.feugere@gmail.com>
Pyae Sone
Pierre Soulat
Martin Spacek <launchpad@mspacek.mm.st>
Piotr Strębski <strebski@o2.pl>
Sébastien Szymanski <seb.szymanski@gmail.com>
Teromene <teromene@gmail.com>
Gheyret T.Kenji
Michał Trybus <komar007@gmail.com>
Tubuntu
Khang Mạnh Tử <manhtuvjp@gmail.com>
VPablo <villumar@gmail.com>
Alexander Volkov <a.volkov@rusbitech.ru>
Thomas Worofsky <Thomas.Worofsky@gmail.com>
Yury Yatsynovich <yury.yatsynovich@gmail.com>
Xiaoxing Ye
Koji Yokota
Chris Young
☠Jay ZDLin☠
Egor Zenkov
Rodrigo Zimmermann <bilufe@yahoo.com.br>

339
COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

36
README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
qpdfview is a tabbed document viewer using Poppler, libspectre, DjVuLibre, CUPS and Qt, licensed under GPL version 2 or later.
The project homepage is "https://launchpad.net/qpdfview". The project maintainer is "Adam Reichold <adam.reichold@t-online.de>".
It depends on libQtCore, libQtGui. It also depends on libQtSvg, libQtSql, libQtDBus, libcups, resp. libz if SVG, SQL, D-Bus, CUPS, resp. SyncTeX support is enabled. It also depends on libmagic if Qt version 4 is used and libmagic support is enabled. The PDF plug-in depends on libQtCore, libQtXml, libQtGui and libpoppler-qt4 or libpoppler-qt5. The PS plug-in depends on libQtCore, libQtGui and libspectre. The DjVu plug-in depends on libQtCore, libQtGui and libdjvulibre. The Fitz plug-in depends on libQtCore, libQtGui and libmupdf.
The Fitz plug-in is currently considered experimental due to the lack of a maintainer. It also lacks support for various features, e.g. meta-data, encryption, text search, text extraction, form fields and annotations.
It is built using "lrelease qpdfview.pro", "qmake qpdfview.pro" and "make". It is installed using "make install". The installation paths are defined in "qpdfview.pri".
The following build-time options are available:
* 'without_svg' disables SVG support, i.e. fallback and application-specific icons will not be available.
* 'without_sql' disables SQL support, i.e. restoring tabs, bookmarks and per-file settings will not be available.
* 'without_dbus' disables D-Bus support, i.e. the '--unique' command-line option will not be available.
* 'without_pkgconfig' disables the use of pkg-config, i.e. compiler and linker options have to be configured manually in "qpdfview.pri".
* 'without_pdf' disables PDF support, i.e. the PDF plug-in using Poppler will not be built.
* 'without_ps' disables PS support, i.e. the PS plug-in using libspectre will not be built.
* 'without_djvu' disables DjVu support, i.e. the DjVu plug-in using DjVuLibre will not be built.
* 'with_fitz' enables Fitz support, i.e. the Fitz plug-in using MuPDF will be built.
* 'without_image' disable image support, i.e. the plug-in using Qt's built-in image I/O will not be built.
* 'static_pdf_plugin' links the PDF plug-in statically (This could lead to linker dependency collisions.)
* 'static_ps_plugin' links the PS plug-in statically. (This could lead to linker dependency collisions.)
* 'static_djvu_plugin' links the DjVu plug-in statically. (This could lead to linker dependency collisions.)
* 'static_fitz_plugin' links the Fitz plug-in statically. (This could lead to linker dependency collisions.)
* 'static_image_plugin' links the image plug-in statically.
* 'without_cups' disables CUPS support, i.e. the program will attempt to rasterize the document instead of requesting CUPS to print the document file.
* 'without_synctex' disables SyncTeX support, i.e. the program will not perform forward and inverse search for sources.
* 'without_magic' disables libmagic support, i.e. the program will determine file type using the file suffix.
* 'without_signals' disabled support for UNIX signals, i.e. the program will not save bookmarks, tabs and per-file settings on receiving SIGINT or SIGTERM.
* 'with_lto' enables link time optimizations for the application binary to reduce its size and improve its performance.
* 'static_resources' to statically embed resources like translations and online help into the application binary.
* 'plugin_resolve_all' to enable early symbol resolution in plug-ins to be more robust when incompatible libraries are installed.
For example, if one wants to build the program without support for CUPS and PostScript, one could run "qmake CONFIG+="without_cups without_ps" qpdfview.pro" instead of "qmake qpdfview.pro".
The fallback and application-specific icons are derived from the Tango icon theme available at "http://tango.freedesktop.org".

15
TODO Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
* improve DjVu support
* add DVI support
* add ePUB support
* add CHM support
* rewrite tool support
* add annotations dock
* improve text-selection support
* improve link support
* improve annotation support
* improve form support
* add code documentation
* investigate integration with KDE Frameworks

299
application.pro Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
include(qpdfview.pri)
TARGET = qpdfview
TEMPLATE = app
OBJECTS_DIR = objects
MOC_DIR = moc
HEADERS += \
sources/global.h \
sources/renderparam.h \
sources/printoptions.h \
sources/settings.h \
sources/model.h \
sources/pluginhandler.h \
sources/shortcuthandler.h \
sources/rendertask.h \
sources/tileitem.h \
sources/pageitem.h \
sources/thumbnailitem.h \
sources/presentationview.h \
sources/searchmodel.h \
sources/searchitemdelegate.h \
sources/searchtask.h \
sources/miscellaneous.h \
sources/documentlayout.h \
sources/documentview.h \
sources/printdialog.h \
sources/settingsdialog.h \
sources/fontsdialog.h \
sources/helpdialog.h \
sources/recentlyusedmenu.h \
sources/recentlyclosedmenu.h \
sources/bookmarkmodel.h \
sources/bookmarkmenu.h \
sources/bookmarkdialog.h \
sources/database.h \
sources/mainwindow.h
SOURCES += \
sources/settings.cpp \
sources/pluginhandler.cpp \
sources/shortcuthandler.cpp \
sources/rendertask.cpp \
sources/tileitem.cpp \
sources/pageitem.cpp \
sources/thumbnailitem.cpp \
sources/presentationview.cpp \
sources/searchmodel.cpp \
sources/searchitemdelegate.cpp \
sources/searchtask.cpp \
sources/miscellaneous.cpp \
sources/documentlayout.cpp \
sources/documentview.cpp \
sources/printdialog.cpp \
sources/settingsdialog.cpp \
sources/fontsdialog.cpp \
sources/helpdialog.cpp \
sources/recentlyusedmenu.cpp \
sources/recentlyclosedmenu.cpp \
sources/bookmarkmenu.cpp \
sources/bookmarkdialog.cpp \
sources/bookmarkmodel.cpp \
sources/database.cpp \
sources/mainwindow.cpp \
sources/main.cpp
DEFINES += APPLICATION_VERSION=\\\"$${APPLICATION_VERSION}\\\"
with_lto {
QMAKE_CFLAG += -flto
QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += -flto
QMAKE_LFLAGS += -flto
}
QT += core gui
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += concurrent widgets printsupport
!without_svg {
DEFINES += WITH_SVG
QT += svg
RESOURCES += icons.qrc
}
!without_sql {
DEFINES += WITH_SQL
QT += sql
}
!without_dbus {
DEFINES += WITH_DBUS
QT += dbus
}
isEmpty(QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB):QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB = "so"
isEmpty(QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB):QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB = "a"
DEFINES += PLUGIN_INSTALL_PATH=\\\"$${PLUGIN_INSTALL_PATH}\\\"
plugin_resolve_all {
DEFINES += PLUGIN_RESOLVE_ALL
}
!without_pdf {
DEFINES += WITH_PDF
!without_pkgconfig:POPPLER_VERSION = $$system(pkg-config --modversion poppler-qt$${QT_MAJOR_VERSION})
DEFINES += POPPLER_VERSION=\\\"$${POPPLER_VERSION}\\\"
static_pdf_plugin {
isEmpty(PDF_PLUGIN_NAME):PDF_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB}qpdfview_pdf.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB}
DEFINES += STATIC_PDF_PLUGIN
LIBS += $$PDF_PLUGIN_NAME $$PDF_PLUGIN_LIBS
PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$PDF_PLUGIN_NAME
QT += xml
!without_pkgconfig {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig
PKGCONFIG += poppler-qt$${QT_MAJOR_VERSION}
}
} else {
isEmpty(PDF_PLUGIN_NAME):PDF_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB}qpdfview_pdf.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB}
}
DEFINES += PDF_PLUGIN_NAME=\\\"$${PDF_PLUGIN_NAME}\\\"
}
!without_ps {
DEFINES += WITH_PS
!without_pkgconfig:LIBSPECTRE_VERSION = $$system(pkg-config --modversion libspectre)
DEFINES += LIBSPECTRE_VERSION=\\\"$${LIBSPECTRE_VERSION}\\\"
static_ps_plugin {
isEmpty(PS_PLUGIN_NAME):PS_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB}qpdfview_ps.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB}
DEFINES += STATIC_PS_PLUGIN
LIBS += $$PS_PLUGIN_NAME $$PS_PLUGIN_LIBS
PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$PS_PLUGIN_NAME
!without_pkgconfig {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig
PKGCONFIG += libspectre
}
} else {
isEmpty(PS_PLUGIN_NAME):PS_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB}qpdfview_ps.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB}
}
DEFINES += PS_PLUGIN_NAME=\\\"$${PS_PLUGIN_NAME}\\\"
}
!without_djvu {
DEFINES += WITH_DJVU
!without_pkgconfig:DJVULIBRE_VERSION = $$system(pkg-config --modversion ddjvuapi)
DEFINES += DJVULIBRE_VERSION=\\\"$${DJVULIBRE_VERSION}\\\"
static_djvu_plugin {
isEmpty(DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME):DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB}qpdfview_djvu.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB}
DEFINES += STATIC_DJVU_PLUGIN
LIBS += $$DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME $$DJVU_PLUGIN_LIBS
PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME
!without_pkgconfig {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig
PKGCONFIG += ddjvuapi
}
} else {
isEmpty(DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME):DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB}qpdfview_djvu.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB}
}
DEFINES += DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME=\\\"$${DJVU_PLUGIN_NAME}\\\"
}
with_fitz {
DEFINES += WITH_FITZ
DEFINES += FITZ_VERSION=\\\"$${FITZ_VERSION}\\\"
static_fitz_plugin {
isEmpty(FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME):FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB}qpdfview_fitz.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB}
DEFINES += STATIC_FITZ_PLUGIN
LIBS += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME $$FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS
PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME
isEmpty(FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS) {
LIBS += -lmupdf -lfreetype -ljbig2dec -lopenjp2 -ljpeg -lz -lm
} else {
LIBS += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS
}
} else {
isEmpty(FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME):FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB}qpdfview_fitz.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB}
}
DEFINES += FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME=\\\"$${FITZ_PLUGIN_NAME}\\\"
}
!without_image {
DEFINES += WITH_IMAGE
static_image_plugin {
isEmpty(IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME):IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB}qpdfview_image.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB}
DEFINES += STATIC_IMAGE_PLUGIN
LIBS += $$IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME $$IMAGE_PLUGIN_LIBS
PRE_TARGETDEPS += $$IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME
}
else {
isEmpty(IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME):IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME = $${QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB}qpdfview_image.$${QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB}
}
DEFINES += IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME=\\\"$${IMAGE_PLUGIN_NAME}\\\"
}
!without_cups {
DEFINES += WITH_CUPS
isEmpty(CUPS_VERSION):CUPS_VERSION = $$system(cups-config --version)
isEmpty(CUPS_LIBS):CUPS_LIBS = $$system(cups-config --libs)
DEFINES += CUPS_VERSION=\\\"$${CUPS_VERSION}\\\"
LIBS += $$CUPS_LIBS
}
!without_synctex {
DEFINES += WITH_SYNCTEX
!without_pkgconfig:system(pkg-config --exists synctex) {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig
PKGCONFIG += synctex
system(pkg-config --atleast-version=1.19 synctex):DEFINES += HAS_SYNCTEX_2
} else {
HEADERS += synctex/synctex_parser.h synctex/synctex_parser_utils.h synctex/synctex_parser_local.h
SOURCES += synctex/synctex_parser.c synctex/synctex_parser_utils.c
INCLUDEPATH += synctex
LIBS += -lz
}
}
lessThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 5) : !without_magic {
DEFINES += WITH_MAGIC
LIBS += -lmagic
}
!without_signals {
DEFINES += WITH_SIGNALS
HEADERS += sources/signalhandler.h
SOURCES += sources/signalhandler.cpp
}
static_resources {
RESOURCES += help.qrc translations.qrc
}
DEFINES += DATA_INSTALL_PATH=\\\"$${DATA_INSTALL_PATH}\\\"
DESKTOP_FILE = miscellaneous/qpdfview.desktop
APPDATA_FILE = miscellaneous/qpdfview.appdata.xml
!without_pdf|with_fitz:MIME_TYPES += application/pdf application/x-pdf text/pdf text/x-pdf image/pdf image/x-pdf
!without_ps:MIME_TYPES += application/postscript
!without_djvu:MIME_TYPES += image/vnd.djvu image/x-djvu
system("sed -e \"s:DATA_INSTALL_PATH:$${DATA_INSTALL_PATH}:\" -e \"s:MIME_TYPES:$$join(MIME_TYPES,";","",";"):\" $${DESKTOP_FILE}.in > $${DESKTOP_FILE}")
target.path = $${TARGET_INSTALL_PATH}
data.files = translations/*.qm help/help*.html
data.path = $${DATA_INSTALL_PATH}
manual.files = miscellaneous/qpdfview.1
manual.path = $${MANUAL_INSTALL_PATH}
icon.files = icons/qpdfview.svg
icon.path = $${ICON_INSTALL_PATH}
launcher.files = $${DESKTOP_FILE}
launcher.path = $${LAUNCHER_INSTALL_PATH}
appdata.files = $${APPDATA_FILE}
appdata.path = $${APPDATA_INSTALL_PATH}
INSTALLS += target data manual icon launcher appdata
INCLUDEPATH += icons
win32:RC_FILE = icons/qpdfview_win32.rc
os2:RC_FILE = icons/qpdfview_os2.rc

33
djvu-plugin.pro Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
include(qpdfview.pri)
TARGET = qpdfview_djvu
TEMPLATE = lib
CONFIG += plugin
static_djvu_plugin:CONFIG += static
TARGET_SHORT = qpdfdjvu
!isEmpty(PLUGIN_DESTDIR): DESTDIR = $$PLUGIN_DESTDIR
OBJECTS_DIR = objects-djvu
MOC_DIR = moc-djvu
HEADERS = sources/model.h sources/djvumodel.h
SOURCES = sources/djvumodel.cpp
QT += core gui
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
!without_pkgconfig {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig
PKGCONFIG += ddjvuapi
} else {
DEFINES += $$DJVU_PLUGIN_DEFINES
INCLUDEPATH += $$DJVU_PLUGIN_INCLUDEPATH
LIBS += $$DJVU_PLUGIN_LIBS
}
!static_djvu_plugin {
target.path = $${PLUGIN_INSTALL_PATH}
INSTALLS += target
}

30
fitz-plugin.pro Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
include(qpdfview.pri)
TARGET = qpdfview_fitz
TEMPLATE = lib
CONFIG += plugin
static_fitz_plugin:CONFIG += static
TARGET_SHORT = qpdffitz
!isEmpty(PLUGIN_DESTDIR): DESTDIR = $$PLUGIN_DESTDIR
OBJECTS_DIR = objects-fitz
MOC_DIR = moc-fitz
HEADERS = sources/model.h sources/fitzmodel.h
SOURCES = sources/fitzmodel.cpp
QT += core gui
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
DEFINES += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_DEFINES
INCLUDEPATH += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_INCLUDEPATH
isEmpty(FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS):FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS = -lmupdf -lmupdfthird
LIBS += $$FITZ_PLUGIN_LIBS
!static_fitz_plugin {
target.path = $${PLUGIN_INSTALL_PATH}
INSTALLS += target
}

35
help.qrc Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
<RCC>
<qresource>
<file alias="help_az.html">help/help_az.html</file>
<file alias="help_bg.html">help/help_bg.html</file>
<file alias="help_ca.html">help/help_ca.html</file>
<file alias="help_cs.html">help/help_cs.html</file>
<file alias="help_da.html">help/help_da.html</file>
<file alias="help_de.html">help/help_de.html</file>
<file alias="help_en_GB.html">help/help_en_GB.html</file>
<file alias="help_es.html">help/help_es.html</file>
<file alias="help_fa.html">help/help_fa.html</file>
<file alias="help_fi.html">help/help_fi.html</file>
<file alias="help_fr.html">help/help_fr.html</file>
<file alias="help_gl.html">help/help_gl.html</file>
<file alias="help.html">help/help.html</file>
<file alias="help_it.html">help/help_it.html</file>
<file alias="help_ja.html">help/help_ja.html</file>
<file alias="help_ko.html">help/help_ko.html</file>
<file alias="help_ku.html">help/help_ku.html</file>
<file alias="help_lt.html">help/help_lt.html</file>
<file alias="help_ms.html">help/help_ms.html</file>
<file alias="help_pl.html">help/help_pl.html</file>
<file alias="help_pt_BR.html">help/help_pt_BR.html</file>
<file alias="help_pt.html">help/help_pt.html</file>
<file alias="help_ru.html">help/help_ru.html</file>
<file alias="help_sk.html">help/help_sk.html</file>
<file alias="help_sr.html">help/help_sr.html</file>
<file alias="help_sv.html">help/help_sv.html</file>
<file alias="help_tr.html">help/help_tr.html</file>
<file alias="help_uk.html">help/help_uk.html</file>
<file alias="help_vi.html">help/help_vi.html</file>
<file alias="help_zh_CN.html">help/help_zh_CN.html</file>
<file alias="help_zh_TW.html">help/help_zh_TW.html</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>

299
help/help.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Help</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Help</a></h2>
<h4>Table of contents</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Main menu</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">File</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Edit</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">View</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Tabs</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Help</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Main view</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Interface settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> is a tabbed document viewer. It uses Poppler for PDF support, libspectre for PS support, DjVuLibre for DjVu support, CUPS for printing support and the Qt toolkit for its interface.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Main menu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">File</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialog to choose a file to open in the current tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit</b> Closes all tabs and ends the program.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edit</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults' will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L, and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and "Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count" option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count" option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs, print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search, copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode, twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize, fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen, presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath, closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft, closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt", "Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

506
help/help_az.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Yardım</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Yardım</a></h2>
<h4>Mündəricat</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Ana səhifə</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Fayl</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Redaktə</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Görünüş</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Siğmələr</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Əlfəcinlər</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Yardım</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Əsas görünüş</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Yardıı görünüş</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Seçənəklər</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Davran;. seçənəkləri</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Qrafiki seçənəklər</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">İnterfeys seçənəkləri</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Qısayol seçənəkləri</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Təyinedici seçənəklər</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Giriş</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> siğməli sənəd baxıcısıdır. O PDF dəstəyi üçün Poppler, PS
dəstəyi üçün libspectre, DjVu dəstəyi üçün DjVuLibre, çap dəstəyi üçün CUPS
və öz interfeyi üçün Qt toolkit-dən istifadə edir.</p>
<p>Seçənəklər faylı və əmr-sətri ilə əlaqədar məlumatlar üçün istifadəçi
dəstəyi səhifəsindən istifadə edin.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Ana menyu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Fayl</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Aç...</b> hazırki siğmə üçün faylı açmaq üçündür. Əgər heç bir açığ siğmə
yoxdursa, fayl yeni siğmədə açılır.</li>
<li><b>Yeni siğmədə aç...</b> Faylı yeni siğmədə açmaq üçün faylı açma dialoq
pəncərəsini çağırır.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Yenilə</b> Hazırkı siğmədə yerləşən faylı yenidən yükləyir.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Çap...</b> Hazılı çap etmək üçün çap dialoq pəncərəsini açır.</li>
<li><b>Çıxış</b> Bütün tabları bağla və proqramdan çıx.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Redaktə</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li>Sənədirn <b>Növbəti/Öncəki/İlk/Sonuncu səhifə</b> Növbətiyə
keç/öncəkinə/ilkə/son səhifəyə.</li>
<li><b>Səhifəyə keç...</b> Hazırki siğədə keçmək istəiyiniz səhifəyə keçid
dialoq pəncərəsini çağırır.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Görünüş</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Davamedici</b> Səhifənin bütün sətrlərinin hansı halda eyni baxtda
görünəcəyini təyin edir.</li>
<li><b>İki səhifə</b> Səhifədə iki sütundan istifadə edilməsinə gətirir.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Orijinal ölçü</b> Miqyası orijinal 100%-ə qaytarır.</li>
<li><b>Səhifənin eninə görə yerləşdir</b> Səhifənin bütövlüklə pəncərədə
yerləşməsi miqyasına gətirir.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Sola döndər</b> Shifəni sola (saat əqrəbi istiqamətinin əksinə) 90 dərəcə
döndərir.</li>
<li><b>Sola döndər</b> Shifəni sağa (saat əqrəbi istiqamətinə) 90 dərəcə
döndərir.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Alətlər sətri</b> Bu menyu var olan bütün alətlər sətrlərinə tez ulaşmaq
üçün istifadə olunur.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Siğmələr</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Siğməni bağla</b> Aktiv siğməni bağlayır.</li>
<li><b>Bütün siğmələri bağla</b> Bütün siğmələri bağlayır.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Əfləcinlər</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Qısayol seçənəkləri</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Dəyişdirici seçənəkləri</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

504
help/help_bg.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Помощ</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Помощ</a></h2>
<h4>Table of contents</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Main menu</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">File</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Edit</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">View</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Tabs</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Help</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Main view</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Interface settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> is a tabbed document viewer. It uses Poppler for PDF
support, libspectre for PS support, DjVuLibre for DjVu support, CUPS for
printing support and the Qt toolkit for its interface.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and
configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Main menu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">File</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialog to choose a file to open in the current
tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new
tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit</b> Closes all tabs and ends the program.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edit</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last
page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the
current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible
at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

512
help/help_ca.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Ajuda</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Ajuda</a></h2>
<h4>Taula de continguts</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Menú principal</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Fitxer</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Edita</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Visualitza</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Pestanyes</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Marcadors</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Ajuda</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Visualització principal</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Visualitzacions auxiliars</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Ajusts</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Ajusts del comportament</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Ajusts gràfics</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Ajusts de la interfície</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Ajusts de les dreceres</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Ajusts dels modificadors</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introducció</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> és un visualitzador de documents amb pestanyes. Utilitza
Poppler per a la compatibilitat amb PDF, libspectre per a la compatibilitat
amb PS, DjVuLibre per a la compatibilitat amb DjVu, CUPS per a la
compatibilitat amb la impressió i el conjunt d'eines Qt per a la seva
interfície.</p>
<p>Consulteu la pàgina del manual per obtenir informació sobre les opcions de
la línia d'ordres i els fitxers de configuració.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Menú principal</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Fitxer</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Obre...</b> Obre un diàleg per triar el fitxer que s'ha d'obrir a la
pestanya actual. Si no hi ha cap pestanya, el fitxer s'obre en una pestanya
nova.</li>
<li><b>Obre en una pestanya nova...</b> Obre un diàleg per triar els fitxers que
s'han d'obrir en pestanyes noves.</li>
<li><b>Utilitzat recentment</b> Conté una llista dels fitxers utilitzats més
recentment (si està habilitat als ajusts).</li>
<li><b>Refresca</b> Torna a carregar el fitxer que es mostra a la pestanya
actual.</li>
<li><b>Desa</b> Desa els canvis a les anotacions i els camps del formulari al
fitxer que es mostra a la pestanya actual.</li>
<li><b>Anomena i desa</b> Obre un diàleg per desar el fitxer que es mostra a la
pestanya actual, incloent-hi els canvis a les anotacions i els camps del
formulari.</li>
<li><b>Desa'n una còpia</b> Obre un diàleg per desar una còpia sense modificar
el fitxer que es mostra a la pestanya actual.</li>
<li><b>Imprimeix...</b> Obre un diàleg per imprimir el fitxer que es mostra a la
pestanya actual.</li>
<li><b>Surt</b> Tanca totes les pestanyes i finalitza el programa.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edita</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Següent/Anterior/Primera/Última pàgina</b> Passa a la
següent,anterior,primera o última pàgina del document.</li>
<li><b>Salta a la pàgina...</b> Obre un diàleg per introduir la pàgina que s'ha
de mostrar a la pestanya actual.</li>
<li><b>Salta cap enrere/endavant</b> Salta cap enrere o endavant a la història
de la pàgina que es mostra.</li>
<li><b>Cerca...</b> Obre l'acoblador de cerca a sota de la visualització
principal. La cerca s'inicia automàticament passats dos segons de l'últim
canvi al terme de cerca o s'inicia manualment en prémer la tecla de
retorn. Si el modificador Maj es manté quan es prem la tecla de retorn, la
cerca s'inicia en totes les pestanyes en lloc de només la pestanya
actual. (Aquest efecte s'inverteix si l'acoblador de cerca ampliada està
habilitat als ajusts).</li>
<li><b>Troba l'anterior/la següent/</b> Salta a l'anterior o a la següent
ocurrència del terme de cerca al document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel·la la cerca</b> Cancel·la la cerca que s'està executant i tanca
l'acoblador de cerca.</li>
<li><b>Copia al porta-retalls</b> Si es marca, el programa esperarà que
arrossegueu un marc per copiar texts o imatges.</li>
<li><b>Afegeix anotacions</b> Si es marca, el programa esperarà que arrossegueu
un marc per afegir-hi anotacions.</li>
<li><b>Ajusts...</b> Obre el diàleg dels ajusts. El botó anomenat "Valors
predeterminats" revertirà tots els ajusts a totes les pestanyes als valors
predeterminats. El botó anomenat "Valors predeterminats a la pestanya
actual" només revertirà els ajusts de la pestanya actual als valors
predeterminats.</li>
</ul>
<p>La <em>pàgina actual</em> es pot canviar introduint la pàgina desitjada al
camp de text a la barra d'eines d'edició, que es pot donar el focus
mitjançant Ctrl+K i prement la tecla de retorn.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Visualitza</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continu</b> Determina si totes les files del disseny de pàgina estan
visibles alhora.</li>
<li><b>Dos pàgines</b> Determina si el disseny de pàgina fa servir dues
columnes.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

520
help/help_cs.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Nápověda</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Nápověda</a></h2>
<h4>Obsah</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Hlavní nabídka</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Soubor</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Úpravy</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Pohled</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Karty</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Záložky</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Nápověda</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Hlavní pohled</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Pomocné pohledy</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Nastavení</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Nastavení chování</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Nastavení grafiky</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Nastavení rozhraní</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Nastavení klávesových zkratek</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Nastavení modifikátorů</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Úvod</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> je prohlížeč dokumentů s kartami. Používá Poppler pro
podporu PDF, libspectre pro podporu PS, DjVuLibre pro podporu DjVu, CUPS pro
podporu tisku a sadu Qt pro své rozhraní.</p>
<p>Podívejte se, prosím, do manuálových stránek, hledáte-li informace k volbám
příkazového řádku a k souborům s nastavením.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Hlavní nabídka</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Soubor</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Otevřít...</b> Otevře dialog pro výběr souboru k otevření v nynější
kartě. Pokud není žádná karta, soubor je otevřen v nové kartě.</li>
<li><b>Otevřít v nové kartě...</b> Otevře dialog pro výběr souborů k otevření v
nových kartách.</li>
<li><b>Nedávno použité</b> Obsahuje seznam naposledy použitých souborů (pokud je
to povoleno v nastavení).</li>
<li><b>Obnovit</b> Obnoví soubor zobrazený v nynější kartě.</li>
<li><b>Uložit</b> Uloží změny ve vysvětlivkách a formulářových polí do souboru
zobrazeného v nynější kartě.</li>
<li><b>Uložit jako...</b> Otevře dialog pro uložení souboru zobrazeného v
nynější kartě včetně změn v poznámkách a formulářových polích.</li>
<li><b>Uložit kopii...</b> Otevře dialog pro uložení nezměněné kopie souboru
zobrazeného v nynější kartě.</li>
<li><b>Tisk...</b> Otevře dialog pro vytištění souboru zobrazeného v nynější
kartě.</li>
<li><b>Ukončit</b> Zavře všechny karty a program ukončí.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Úpravy</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Další/Předchozí/První/Poslední strana</b> Skočí na
další/předchozí/první/poslední stranu dokumentu.</li>
<li><b>Přejít na stranu...</b> Otevře dialog pro vstoupení na stranu zobrazenou
v nynější kartě.</li>
<li><b>Skočit zpět/vpřed</b> Skočí zpět/vpřed v historii zobrazené strany.</li>
<li><b>Hledat...</b> Otevře panel pro hledání pod hlavním pohledem. Hledání
začne automaticky dvě sekundy po poslední změně v hledaném výrazu nebo je
spuštěno ručně stisknutím klávesy Enter. Pokud je podržen modifikátor Shift
když je stisknuta klávesa Enter, prohledávání začne ve všech kartách místo
pouze v nynější kartě. (Tento účinek je zrušen, pokud je v nastavení povolen
panel pro rozšířené hledání.)</li>
<li><b>Najít předchozí/další</b> Skočí v dokumentu na předchozí/další výskyt
hledaného pojmu.</li>
<li><b>Zrušit hledání</b> Zruší nyní probíhající hledání a zavře panel pro
hledání.</li>
<li><b>Kopírovat do schránky</b> Je-li zaškrtnuto, program počká na vytvoření
rámečku pro zkopírování textu nebo obrázků tažením.</li>
<li><b>Přidat poznámku</b> Je-li zaškrtnuto, program počká na vytvoření rámečku
pro přidání poznámek tažením.</li>
<li><b>Nastavení...</b> Otevře dialog pro nastavení. Tlačítko označené Výchozí
vrátí všechna nastavení všech karet zpět na jejich výchozí hodnoty. Tlačítko
označené Výchozí na nynější kartě vrátí zpět na výchozí hodnotu pouze
nastavení nynější karty.</li>
</ul>
<p><em>Nynější stranu</em> lze změnit zadáním požadované strany do textového
pole v panelu nástrojů pro úpravy, který je možné zaměřit pomocí Ctrl+K, a
stisknutím klávesy Enter.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Pohled</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Průběžně</b> Určuje, zda jsou všechny řádky rozvržení strany viditelné
zároveň.</li>
<li><b>Dvě strany</b> Určuje, zda rozvržení strany používá dva sloupce</li>
<li><b>Dvě strany s titulní stranou</b> Určuje, zda rozvržení strany používá dva
sloupce se zalomením po titulní straně.</li>
<li><b>Více stran</b> Určuje, zda rozvržení strany používá více sloupců. Počet
sloupců lze změnit v dialogu pro nastavení.</li>
<li><b>Zprava doleva</b> Určuje, jak jsou strany uspořádány v rozvrženích s více
stranami na řádek.</li>
<li><b>Přiblížit</b> Zvýší násobek měřítka o 10 procent. Největší násobek
měřítka je 5000 procent.</li>
<li><b>Oddálit</b> Sníží násobek měřítka o 10 procent. Nejmenší násobek měřítka
je 10 procent.</li>
<li><b>Původní velikost</b> Nastaví násobek zvětšení znovu na 100 procent.</li>
<li><b>Přizpůsobit šířce strany</b> Určuje násobek zvětšení tak, že se všechny
strany vodorovně zcela vejdou do hlavního pohledu.</li>
<li><b>Přizpůsobit velikosti strany</b> Určuje násobek zvětšení tak, že se
všechny strany vodorovně i svisle zcela vejdou do hlavního pohledu.</li>
<li><b>Otočit vlevo</b> Otočí strany doleva/proti směru hodinových ručiček o 90
stupňů.</li>
<li><b>Otočit vpravo</b> Otočí strany doprava/po směru hodinových ručiček o 90
stupňů.</li>
<li><b>Obrátit barvy</b> Určuje, zda jsou strany kresleny s obrácenými barvami.</li>
<li><b>Převést na odstíny šedi</b> Určuje, zda jsou strany po vykreslení
převedeny na odstíny šedi.</li>
<li><b>Oříznout okraje</b> Povolí odstranění prázdných okrajů strany po
vykreslení.</li>
<li><b>Přizpůsobení barev</b> Povolí přizpůsobení barev vykreslené strany barvě
papíru pro upravení pozadí nasnímaných dokumentů.</li>
<li><b>Nástrojové panely</b> Tato nabídka obsahuje seznam dostupných
nástrojových panelů pro přístup k často používaným činnostem.</li>
<li><b>Postranní panely</b> Tato nabídka obsahuje seznam dostupných postranních
panelů pro zobrazení doplňkových informací.</li>
<li><b>Písma...</b> Otevře dialog uvádějící v seznamu písma použitá v dokumentu.</li>
<li><b>Celá obrazovka</b> Přepne režim na celou obrazovku, tj. okno je ukázáno
zvětšené a bez dekorace.</li>
<li><b>Promítání...</b> Vstoupí do režimu promítání, jejž lze opustit stisknutím
klávesy F12 nebo Esc. Klávesa Home/End se používá k zobrazení první/poslední
strany. Klávesy šipek vpravo a dolů, mezerník a Page Down se používají pro
skok na další stranu. Klávesy šipek vlevo a nahoru, Backspace a Page Up se
používají pro skok na předchozí stranu. Stisknutí Ctrl a Enter provede skok
zpět na stranu před posledním skokem.</li>
</ul>
<p><em>Násobek zvětšení</em> lze změnit zadáním požadovaného procenta do
textového pole v panelu nástrojů pro pohled, který je možné zaměřit pomocí
Ctrl+L, a stisknutím klávesy Enter.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Karty</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Předchozí/Další karta</b> Udělá z předchozí/další karty nynější
kartu. Proběhne na poslední/první kartu, pokud je první/poslední karta
nynější kartou.</li>
<li><b>Zavřít kartu</b> Zavře nynější kartu.</li>
<li><b>Zavřít všechny karty</b> Zavře všechny karty.</li>
<li><b>Zavřít všechny karty kromě nynější karty</b> Zavře všechny karty kromě
nynější karty.</li>
<li><b>Nedávno zavřené</b> Obsahuje seznam naposledy zavřených karet (pokud je
to povoleno v nastavení).</li>
</ul>
<p>Tato nabídka obsahuje seznam všech karet, ze kterých je možné udělat nynější
kartu klepnutím na odpovídající položku nabídky. Karty lze rovněž zavřít
klepnutím prostředním tlačítkem myši. Prvních devět karet je také možné
zapnout podržením modifikátoru Alt a stisknutím kláves od jedné do devíti.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Záložky</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Předchozí záložka</b> Skočí na nejbližší záložku před nynější stranou.</li>
<li><b>Další záložka</b> Skočí na nejbližší záložku po nynější straně.</li>
<li><b>Přidat záložku</b> Přidá záložku pro nynější soubor a stranu.</li>
<li><b>Odstranit záložku</b> Odstraní záložku pro nynější soubor a stranu.</li>
<li><b>Odstranit všechny záložky</b> Odstraní všechny záložky.</li>
<li><b>Otevřít</b> Otevře odpovídající soubor v nynější kartě. Pokud není žádná
karta, soubor je otevřen v nové kartě.</li>
<li><b>Otevřít v nové kartě</b> Otevře odpovídající soubor v nové kartě.</li>
<li><b>Jít na stranu</b> Skočí na odpovídající stranu, pokud je odpovídající
soubor již otevřen. Jinak je odpovídající soubor otevřen v nové kartě.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Nápověda</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Obsah</b> Zobrazí tento dokument.</li>
<li><b>O programu</b> Zobrazí verzi programu.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Hlavní pohled</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>Klávesa Backspace/mezerník skočí na předchozí/další stranu. Klávesa Home/End
skočí na první/poslední stranu. Klávesy šipek, Page Up a Page Down posouvají
pohled. Stisknutím Ctrl a Enter se skočí na stranu před posledním skokem.</p>
<p>Pomocí kolečka myši se provádí posun nahoru a dolů. Podržením <b>Alt</b>
během používání kolečka myši se dělá posun doleva a doprava. Podržením
<b>Ctrl</b> během používání kolečka myši se mění velikost
dokumentu. Podržením <b>Shift</b> během používání kolečka myši se mění
velikost dokument otáčí. (Klávesnicové modifikátory je možné změnit v
dialogu pro nastavení.) Klepněte a podržte prostřední tlačítko myši pro
výběr obdélníkové oblasti a její přiblížení.</p>
<p>Odkazy jsou zvýrazněny červenými rámečky (pokud je to povoleno v
nastavení). Klepnutí levým tlačítkem myši na odkaz pro ukázání odkazované
stránky nebo pro otevření odkazované adresy (URL) ve výchozím prohlížeči
(pokud je to povoleno v nastavení). Klepnutí prostředním tlačítkem myši na
odkaz pro ukázání odkazované stránky v nové kartě. Přejetí ukazovátkem myši
nad odkazem zobrazí jeho cíl jako nástrojovou radu.</p>
<p>Formulářová pole jsou zvýrazněna modrými rámečky (pokud je to povoleno v
nastavení). Klepněte levým tlačítkem myši na formulářové pole pro upravení
jeho obsahu. Přejetí nad formulářovým polem zobrazí jeho cíl jako
nástrojovou radu.</p>
<p>Zdrojový text místa v dokumentu lze otevřít v editoru zdrojového textu
pomocí nabídky souvisejících činností, která volitelně obsahuje položku pro
první odpovídající uzel <em>SyncTeX</em>.</p>
<p>Pro <em>kopírování textů nebo obrázků</em> podržte <b>Shift</b>, klepněte a
podržte levé tlačítko myši a tažením okolo oblasti ke zkopírování vytvořte
rámeček. Jakmile je tlačítko myši uvolněno, zobrazí se vyskakovací nabídka,
kde se zvolí, zda texty nebo obrázky kopírovat do schránky.</p>
<p>Pro <em>přidání poznámek</em> podržte klávesu <b>Ctrl</b>, klepněte a
podržte levé tlačítko myši pro vytvoření rámečku tažením okolo oblasti, ke
které se má vytvořit poznámka. Jakmile je tlačítko myši uvolněno, zobrazí se
vyskakovací nabídka, kde se zvolí, zda se má přidat text nebo zvýraznit
poznámka. Klepněte levým tlačítkem myši pro <em>upravení
poznámek</em>. Klepněte pravým tlačítkem myši pro <em>odstranění
poznámek</em>. (Přidávání nebo odstraňování poznámek vyžaduje verzi 0.20.1
nebo vyšší knihovny Poppler.) Při přejetí ukazovátkem nad poznámkou se její
obsah zobrazí jako nástrojová rada.</p>
<p>Pro <em>přiblížení výběru</em> podržte klávesu <b>Shift</b> a <b>Ctrl</b>,
klepněte a držte levé tlačítko myši, abyste natáhl rámeček okolo oblasti,
která se má přiblížit.</p>
<p><em>Viditelnost nástrojových pruhů a pruhu s hlavní nabídkou</em> lze
přepnout pomocí nastavitelných klávesových zkratek, jejichž výchozími
hodnotami jsou "Shift+Alt+T" a "Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Pomocné pohledy</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p><em>Pohled na osnovu</em> zobrazí přehled obsahu dokumentu. Po klepnutí na
položku levým tlačítkem myši dojde ke skoku na příslušnou stranu v hlavním
pohledu. Nabídku souvisejících činností lze použít k rozbalení/sbalení všech
položek pod vybranou položkou.</p>
<p>V pohledu na osnovu se také lze pohybovat pomocí klávesnice a kolečka
myši. Při podržení klávesy Shift a za použití kláves šipek nahoru/dolů dojde
k pohybu obrazu. Při podržení klávesy Shift a za použití kláves šipek
vlevo/vpravo se sbalí/rozbalí jedna úroveň položek pod vybranou
položkou. Při podržení klávesy Ctrl a za použití kláves šipek vlevo/vpravo
se úplně sbalí/rozbalí vybraná položka a jí podřízené položky. Při podržení
klávesy Ctrl a za použití kolečka myši se sbalí/rozbalí vybraná položka.</p>
<p><em>Pohled na vlastnosti</em> zobrazí dodatečné informace obsažené v
dokumentu.</p>
<p><em>Pohled na náhledy</em> zobrazí menší provedení stran dokumentu. Po
klepnutí na položku levým tlačítkem myši dojde ke skoku na příslušnou stranu
v hlavním pohledu.</p>
<p><em>Pohled na záložky</em> ukáže záložky související s dokumentem zobrazené
v nynější kartě. Nabídka souvisejících činností obsahuje záznamy pro skok na
předchozí/další záložku nebo pro přidání záložek. Nabídka souvisejících
činností ke každému záznamu také umožňuje záznamy upravovat a mazat.</p>
<p>Pokud je to povoleno v nastavení <em>panel pro rozšířené hledání</em> ukáže
přehled obsahující výsledky všech hledání provedených ve všech kartách. Také
ukáže text obklopující výsledek se zvýrazněným hledaným pojmem. Klepnutí na
výsledek otevře odpovídající kartu a udělá skok na jeho místo.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Nastavení</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Nastavení chování</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Otevřít adresu (URL)</b> Určuje, zda se odkazy na adresu (URL) otevřou ve
výchozím prohlížeči.</li>
<li><b>Obnovit automaticky</b> Určuje, zda jsou soubory automaticky nahrány
znovu, když jsou změněny na disku.</li>
<li><b>Sledovat nedávno použité</b> Je-li povoleno, je dostupná nabídka pro
nedávno použité, v níž je uvedeno tolik nedávno použitých souborů, kolik je
nastaveno volbou Počet nedávno použitých. (Nabude účinnosti po opětovném
spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Uchovat nedávno zavřené</b> Je-li povoleno, je dostupná nabídka nedávno
zavřených dokumentů, ve které je uváděno právě tolik nedávno zavřených
karet, kolik je jich nastaveno volbou Počet nedávno zavřených. Udržování
dostupnosti karet může vést k povážlivému zvýšení využívání paměti. (Vchází
v účinnost po opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Obnovit karty</b> Je-li povoleno, karty a jejich vlastnosti jsou uloženy
při ukončení programu a obnoveny po jeho opětovném spuštění.</li>
<li><b>Obnovit záložky</b> Je-li povoleno, záložky jsou uloženy při ukončení
programu a obnoveny po jeho opětovném spuštění.</li>
<li><b>Obnovit nastavení souborů</b> Je-li povoleno, nastavení souboru jsou
uložena/obnovena při otevření/zavření karet.</li>
<li><b>Uložit databázový interval</b> Doba, po níž jsou karty, záložky nebo
nastavení na soubor uložena do databáze.</li>
<li><b>Ovládat promítání</b> Je-li povoleno, je možné hlavní pohled použít k
ovládání pohledu na promítání.</li>
<li><b>Promítací obrazovka</b> Je-li povoleno, je možné hlavní pohled použít k
ovládání pohledu na promítání.</li>
<li><b>Zvýraznit položku osnovy</b> Je-li povoleno, bude v pohledu na osnovu
zvýrazněna první položka ukazující na nynější stranu, kdykoli se posunutím
nynější strana změní.</li>
<li><b>Nejmenší posun obrazu</b> Je-li povoleno, zobrazené místo se bude
posunovat jen tehdy, pokud není cílová poloha ještě viditelná.</li>
<li><b>Násobek zvětšení</b> Číslo, kterým je činitel změny velikosti násoben
případně dělen při přibližování nebo oddalování.</li>
<li><b>Barva zvýraznění</b> Určuje barvu zvýraznění.</li>
<li><b>Doba trvání zvýraznění</b> Určuje dobu trvání dočasných zvýraznění.</li>
<li><b>Barva poznámky</b> Barva poznámek přidaná programem pomocí klíčových slov
barev SVG nebo šestnáctkovým zápisem '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Editor zdroje</b> Program, který je spuštěn, aby v něm byly upravovány
zdroje. '%1' je nahrazeno absolutní souborovou cestou. '%2' příp. '%3' je
nahrazeno číslem řádku popřípadě sloupce.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Nastavení grafiky</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Použít dláždění</b> Strany budou před vykreslením rozděleny do dlaždic a
uloženy do vyrovnávací paměti, aby se zmenšila míra využití paměti.</li>
<li><b>Zachovat zastaralé pixmapy</b> Je-li povoleno, potom se po změně násobku
zvětšení pixmapy uložené ve vyrovnávací paměti použijí na kreslení
přibližných pixmap konečných pixmap, dokud tyto nebudou dostupné za cenu
zvýšeného využití paměti.</li>
<li><b>Použít poměr pixelu zařízení</b> Je-li povoleno, používá se při kreslení
fyzického rozlišení a při zobrazování logického rozlišení nejvyšší dostupný
poměr pixelu zařízení.</li>
<li><b>Obtáhnout strany</b> Určuje, zda jsou strany odděleny od pozadí.</li>
<li><b>Obtáhnout odkazy</b> Určuje, zda jsou odkazy zvýrazněny červenými
rámečky.</li>
<li><b>Obtáhnout formulářová pole</b> Určuje, zda jsou formulářová pole
zvýrazněna modrými rámečky.</li>
<li><b>Barva pozadí</b> Určuje barvu pozadí pomocí klíčových slov barev SVG nebo
šestnáctkovým zápisem '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Barva papíru</b> Určuje barvu stran pomocí klíčových slov barev SVG nebo
šestnáctkovým zápisem '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Barva pozadí promítání</b> Potlačí barvu papíru ve výpočtu barvy pozadí
pohledu na promítání. Je stanovena pomocí klíčových slov barev SVG nebo
šestnáctkovým zápisem '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Stran na řádek</b> Počet stran na řádek v režimu rozvržení na více stran.</li>
<li><b>Odstup stran</b> Určuje jak svislý tak vodorovný odstup zobrazený mezi
stranami.</li>
<li><b>Odstup náhledů</b> Určuje jak svislý tak vodorovný odstup zobrazený mezi
náhledy.</li>
<li><b>Velikost náhledů</b> Určuje velikost náhledů.</li>
<li><b>Velikost vyrovnávací paměti</b> Program se pokusí o ukládání vykreslených
stran v rámci tohoto omezení do vyrovnávací paměti, čímž dojde ke zvýšení
rychlosti kreslení za cenu zvýšeného využití paměti.</li>
<li><b>Přednatažení</b> Program se pokusí o vykreslování stran, jež ještě nejsou
viditelné, čímž dojde ke zvýšení rychlosti kreslení za cenu zvýšeného
využití paměti.</li>
<li><b>Vzdálenost přednatažení</b> Počet řádků za nynějším řádkem a dvakrát
tolik řádků před nynějším řádkem, které jsou přednataženy.</li>
<li><b>Nastavení PDF</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Vyhlazování</b> Zlepšuje jakost zobrazení za cenu výkonu.</li>
<li><b>Vyhlazování textu</b> Zlepšuje jakost zobrazení textu za cenu výkonu.</li>
<li><b>Instruování textu</b> U některých písem může zlepšit jakost zobrazení
textu.</li>
<li><b>Náhled přetisku</b> Je-li povoleno, je zobrazen náhled tisku jedné vrstvy
černě na vrchu jiné.</li>
<li><b>Režim tenkého řádku</b> Vybere optimalizaci používanou ke kreslení
tenkých řádků.</li>
<li><b>Jádro</b> Vybere jádro používané ke kreslení stran.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Nastavení PS</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Bity vyhlazování grafiky</b> Určuje množství vyhlazování pro grafiku.</li>
<li><b>Bity vyhlazování textu</b> Určuje množství vyhlazování pro text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Nastavení rozhraní</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Panel pro rozšířené hledání</b> Je-li povoleno, výchozí panel pro hledání
je rozšířen o přehled ukazující výsledky všech karet. (Účinné po opětovném
spuštění.)</li>
<li><b>Vložené poznámky</b> Je-li povoleno, všechny poznámky na straně budou
zobrazeny jako interaktivní překrytí. V opačném případě bude s každou
poznámkou zacházeno jako se samostatným oknem.</li>
<li><b>Vložené formulářové pole</b> Je-li povoleno, všechna formulářová pole na
straně budou zobrazena jako interaktivní překrytí. V opačném případě bude s
každým formulářovým polem zacházeno jako se samostatným oknem.</li>
<li><b>Umístění karet</b> Stanovuje, při kterém okraji hlavního pohledu budou
karty zobrazeny.</li>
<li><b>Viditelnost karet</b> Určuje, zda budou karty zobrazeny, v případě že
budou otevřeny méně než dva dokumenty.</li>
<li><b>Roztáhnout karty</b> Určí, zda se budou karty rozkládat rovnoměrně po
celém pruhu s kartami.</li>
<li><b>Nová karta vedle nynější karty</b> Je-li povoleno, jsou nové karty
otevřeny napravo od činné karty.</li>
<li><b>Ukončit po poslední kartě</b> Je-li povoleno, dojde k ukončení programu,
poté co je zavřena poslední karta.</li>
<li><b>Počet nedávno použitých</b> Nastavuje počet souborů, jež jsou uváděny v
nabídce nedávno použitých, pokud je povoleno Sledovat nedávno
použité. (Začne účinkovat po opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Počet nedávno zavřených</b> Nastavuje počet karet, jež jsou uváděny v
nabídce nedávno zavřených, pokud je povoleno Uchovat nedávno zavřené. (Začne
účinkovat po opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Panel nástrojů pro soubor</b> Stanovuje, které činnosti jsou viditelné v
panelu nástrojů pro soubor. Dostupné činnosti jsou Otevřít v nové kartě,
Otevřít, Uložit kopii, Uložit jako, Tisk a oddělovač. (Nabude účinnosti po
opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Panel nástrojů pro úpravy</b> Stanovuje, které činnosti jsou viditelné v
panelu nástrojů pro úpravy. Dostupné činnosti jsou Nynější strana, Předchozí
strana, Další strana, První strana, Poslední strana, Přejít na stranu,
Skočit zpět, Skočit vpřed, Hledat, Kopírovat do schránky, Přidat poznámku a
oddělovač. (Nabude účinnosti po opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Panel nástrojů pro pohled</b> Stanovuje, které činnosti jsou viditelné v
panelu nástrojů pro pohled. Dostupné činnosti jsou Násobek zvětšení,
Přiblížit, Oddálit, Průběžně, Dvě strany, Dvě strany s titulní stranou, Více
stran, Původní velikost, Přizpůsobit šířce strany, Přizpůsobit velikosti
strany, Otočit vlevo, Otočit vpravo, Celá obrazovka, Promítání a
oddělovač. (Nabude účinnosti po opětovném spuštění programu.)</li>
<li><b>Související nabídka k dokumentu</b> Určuje, které činnosti jsou viditelné
v související nabídce k dokumentu. Dostupnými činnostmi jsou otevření kopie
v nové kartě, otevření kopie v novém okně, otevření obsahující složky,
přechod na instanci, předchozí strana, další strana, první strana, poslední
strana, skok na stranu, skok zpět, skok vpřed, nastavení první strany,
nalezení předchozího, nalezení dalšího, zrušení hledání a oddělovač.</li>
<li><b>Související nabídka ke kartě</b> Určuje, které činnosti jsou viditelné v
související nabídce ke kartě. Dostupnými činnostmi jsou otevření kopie v
nové kartě, otevření kopie v novém okně, otevření obsahující složky, přechod
na instanci, kopírování cesty k souboru, vybrání cesty k souboru, zavření
všech karet, zavření všech karet až na označenou, zavření všech karet
nalevo, zavření všech karet napravo a oddělovač.</li>
<li><b>Ubíhající nabídky</b> Přepíše výchozí styl, takže položky v nabídkách při
projíždění ubíhají, místo toho aby byly zobrazeny ve více sloupcích, v
případě že zabírají více místa, než je dostupný prostor na
obrazovce. (Účinné po opětovném spuštění.)</li>
<li><b>Prohledávatelné nabídky</b> Rozšíří výchozí způsob pohybu v nabídkách s
kartami a záložkami pomocí klávesnice o mechanismus hledání rovnou při
psaní.</li>
<li><b>Přepnout nástrojové pruhy a pruh s hlavní nabídkou při zobrazení na celou
obrazovku</b> Viditelnost nástrojových pruhů a pruhu s hlavní nabídkou je
přepnuta vždy, když dojde k přepnutí do režimu na celou obrazovku.</li>
<li><b>Použít popis strany</b> Stanoví, zda se použije popis strany poskytnutý
dokumentem místo čísel stran.</li>
<li><b>Název dokumentu jako název karty</b> Určí, zda je název karty odvozen z
popisných dat namísto z názvu souboru.</li>
<li><b>Nynější strana v názvu okna</b> Je-li povoleno, jsou nynější strana a
počet stran dokumentu v činné kartě zobrazeny v názvu okna.</li>
<li><b>Název instance v názvu okna</b> Je-li povoleno a má-li nynější instance
přidělen název, její název je zobrazen v okně.</li>
<li><b>Zvýraznit nynější náhled</b> Je-li povoleno, bude nynější strana
zvýrazněna v pohledu na náhledy</li>
<li><b>Omezit náhledy na výsledky</b> Je-li povolena tato volba a je prováděno
hledání, budou v pohledu na náhledy zobrazeny jen ty strany, kde byl hledaný
pojem nalezen.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Nastavení klávesových zkratek</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>Nastavení zkratek umožňuje přizpůsobení klávesových zkratek podle osobních
voleb. Zkratky jsou měněny dvojitým klepnutím na zkratku pro její upravení a
zadáním nové zkratky. Každá činnost může mít několik zkratek pomocí seznamu,
v němž jsou jednotlivé zkratky odděleny středníkem. Názvy kláves, jež nejsou
jednopísmenné, jsou uvedeny výslovně (např. "Alt", "Ctrl", "PgDown"),
přičemž se nerozlišují velká a malá písmena. Pokud zkratka obsahuje
modifikátorové klávesy, názvy kláves jsou spojeny znaménkem plus a
modifikátorové klávesy se musí uvést jako první, např. "Ctrl+A" nebo
"Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Nastavení modifikátorů</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zvětšení</b> Klávesy modifikátorů pro zvětšování pomocí kolečka myši v
hlavním pohledu.</li>
<li><b>Otáčení</b> Klávesy modifikátorů pro otáčení pomocí kolečka myši v
hlavním pohledu.</li>
<li><b>Posunování</b> Klávesy modifikátorů pro posunování pomocí kolečka myši v
hlavním pohledu.</li>
<li><b>Kopírovat do schránky</b> Klávesy modifikátorů pro kopírování textů nebo
obrázků ze strany do schránky.</li>
<li><b>Přidat poznámku</b> Klávesy modifikátorů pro přidání poznámek ke straně.</li>
<li><b>Přiblížit výběr</b> Klávesové modifikátory pro přiblížení výběru na
straně.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

504
help/help_da.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Hjælp</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Hjælp</a></h2>
<h4>Indholdsfortegnelse</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Hovedmenu</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Fil</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Rediger</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Vis</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Faneblade</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Bogmærker</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Hjælp</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Hovedvisning</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Indstillinger</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Opførselsindstillinger</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Grafikindstillinger</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Grænsefladeindstillinger</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Genvejsindstillinger</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduktion</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> is a tabbed document viewer. It uses Poppler for PDF
support, libspectre for PS support, DjVuLibre for DjVu support, CUPS for
printing support and the Qt toolkit for its interface.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and
configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Hovedmenu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Fil</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialog to choose a file to open in the current
tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new
tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Afslut</b> Luk alle faneblade of afslut programmet.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Rediger</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last
page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the
current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible
at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

569
help/help_de.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Hilfe</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Hilfe</a></h2>
<h4>Inhaltsverzeichnis</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Hauptmenü</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Datei</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Bearbeiten</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Ansicht</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Reiter</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Lesezeichen</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Hilfe</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Hauptansicht</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Hilfsansichten</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Einstellungen</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Verhalten</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Grafik</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Oberfläche</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Tastenkürzel</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifikatoren</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Einleitung</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> ist ein Programm zum Anzeigen von Dokumenten mit
Reitern. Es verwendet Poppler für PDF-Unterstützung, libspectre für
PS-Unterstützung, DjVuLibre für DjVu-Unterstützung, CUPS zum Drucken und den
Qt-Werkzeugsatz für die Benutzeroberfläche.</p>
<p>Informationen über Kommandozeilenoptionen und Konfigurationsdateien sind in
der Kommandozeilenanleitung zu finden.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Hauptmenü</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Datei</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Öffnen...</b> Öffnet einen Auswahldialog zum Öffnen einer Datei im
aktuellen Reiter. Falls kein Reiter vorhanden ist, wird die Datei in einem
neuen Reiter geöffnet.</li>
<li><b>In neuem Reiter öffnen...</b> Öffnet einen Auswahldialog zum Öffnen von
Dateien in neuen Reitern.</li>
<li><b>Zuletzt verwendet</b> Enthält eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien
(falls dies in den Einstellungen eingeschaltet ist).</li>
<li><b>Aktualisieren</b> Lädt die Datei neu, die im aktuellen Reiter angezeigt
wird.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Speichern unter...</b> Öffnet einen Auswahldialog zum Speichern einer
Kopie der im aktuellen Reiter angezeigten Datei mit allen Änderungen an
Anmerkungen und Formularfeldern.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Drucken...</b> Öffnet einen Druckdialog für die im aktuellen Reiter
angezeigte Datei.</li>
<li><b>Beenden</b> Schließt alle Reiter und beendet das Programm.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Bearbeiten</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Vorige/Nächste/Erste/Letzte Seite</b> Springt zur
vorigen/nächsten/ersten/letzten Seite des Dokuments.</li>
<li><b>Zu Seite springen...</b> Öffnet einen Dialog zur Eingabe einer Seite zur
Anzeige im aktuellen Reiter.</li>
<li><b>Springe rückwärts/vorwärts</b> Springt rückwärts/vorwärts in der Chronik
der angezeigten Seiten.</li>
<li><b>Suchen...</b> Öffnet die Suchansicht unter der Hauptansicht. Die Suche
beginnt automatisch zwei Sekunden nach der letzten Änderung des Suchbegriffs
oder wird manuell mit der Eingabetaste gestartet. Falls die Umschalttaste
gehalten wird, während die Eingabetaste gedrückt wird, startet die Suche in
allen Reitern anstatt nur dem aktuellen Reiter. (Dieser Effekt wird
umgekehrt falls die erweiterte Suchansicht verwendet wird.)</li>
<li><b>Rückwärts/Vorwärts suchen</b> Springt zur vorigen/nächsten Fundstelle des
Suchbegriffs im Dokument.</li>
<li><b>Suche abbrechen</b> Bricht die aktuelle laufende Suche ab und schließt
die Suchansicht.</li>
<li><b>In Zwischenablage kopieren</b> Wenn aktiviert, wird das Programm darauf
warten, dass zum Kopieren ein Rahmen um Text oder Bilder gezogen wird.</li>
<li><b>Anmerkung hinzufügen</b> Wenn aktiviert, wird das Programm darauf warten,
dass ein Rahmen gezogen wird um Anmerkungen hinzuzufügen.</li>
<li><b>Einstellungen...</b> Öffnet den Einstellungsdialog. Die Schaltflächen mit
der Aufschrift 'Vorgaben' setzt alle Einstellungen in allen Reitern des
Einstellungsdialogs auf ihre Vorgabewerte. Die Schaltfläche 'Vorgaben auf
aktuellem Reiter' setzt nur die Einstellungen im aktuellen Reiter des
Einstellungsdialogs auf ihre Vorgabewerte.</li>
</ul>
<p>Die <em>aktuelle Seite</em> kann geändert werden, indem die Zielseite in das
Textfeld in der Bearbeiten-Werkzeugleiste eingegeben wird. Das Textfeld kann
durch Druck von Strg+K und Bestätigung mit der Eingabetaste fokussiert
werden.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Ansicht</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Fortlaufend</b> Legt fest, ob die Seiten fortlaufend in Reihen
übereinander angezeigt werden.</li>
<li><b>Zweiseitig</b> Legt fest, ob die Seitenanzeige zweispaltig ist.</li>
<li><b>Zweiseitig mit Titelseite</b> Legt fest, ob die Seitenanzeige zweispaltig
ist und die Titelseite einzeln anzeigt.</li>
<li><b>Mehrere Seiten</b> Legt fest, ob die Seitenanzeige mehrspaltig ist. Die
Anzahl der Spalten für diese Anzeigeart kann im Einstellungsdialog geändert
werden.</li>
<li><b>Rechts nach links</b> Bestimmt wie die Seiten in Darstellungen mit
mehreren Seiten pro Reihe angeordnet werden.</li>
<li><b>Vergrößern</b> Vergrößert den Skalenfaktor um 10 Prozent. Der Maximalwert
beträgt 5000 Prozent.</li>
<li><b>Verkleinern</b> Verkleinert den Skalenfaktor um 10 Prozent. Der
Minimalwert beträgt 10 Prozent.</li>
<li><b>Ursprüngliche Größe</b> Setzt den Skalenfaktor auf 100 Prozent zurück.</li>
<li><b>An Seitenbreite anpassen</b> Bestimmt den Skalenfaktor so dass eine Zeile
von Seiten die Hauptansicht horizontal ausfüllt.</li>
<li><b>An Seitengröße anpassen</b> Bestimmt den Skalenfaktor so dass eine Zeile
von Seiten vollständig in der Hauptansicht angezeigt wird.</li>
<li><b>Nach links drehen</b> Dreht alle Seiten nach links gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn um 90 Grad.</li>
<li><b>Nach rechts drehen</b> Dreht alle Seiten nach rechts im Uhrzeigersinn um
90 Grad.</li>
<li><b>Farben umkehren</b> Legt fest, ob Seiten mit umgekehrten Farben
dargestellt werden.</li>
<li><b>In Graustufen umwandeln</b> Legt fest, ob Seiten vor der Darstellung in
Graustufen umgewandelt werden.</li>
<li><b>Ränder abschneiden</b> Aktiviert das automatische Entfernen leerer
Seitenränder.</li>
<li><b>Farbanpassung</b> Aktiviert das Mischen der Seitendarstellung mit der
Papierfarbe um beispielsweise den Hintergrund eingescannter Dokumente
anzupassen.</li>
<li><b>Werkzeugleisten</b> Dieses Menü enthält eine Liste verfügbarer
Werkzeugleisten zum Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Aktionen.</li>
<li><b>Paletten</b> Dieses Menü enthält eine Liste verfügbarer Paletten zur
Anzeige von Zusatzinformationen.</li>
<li><b>Schriften...</b> Öffnet einen Dialog, der die im Dokument verwendeten
Schriftarten auflistet.</li>
<li><b>Vollbild</b> Schaltet die Vollbildanzeige ein, in der das Fenster
maximiert und ohne Fensterdekorationen angezeigt wird.</li>
<li><b>Präsentation...</b> Schaltet in den Präsentationsmodus, der durch Drücken
von F12 oder Escape verlassen werden kann. Die Pos1/Ende-Tasten werden
verwendet um die erste/letzte Seite zu zeigen. Die Pfeiltasten rechts und
unten, die Leertaste und die Bild-ab-Taste springen zur nächsten Seite. Die
Pfeiltasten links und oben, die Rücktaste und die Bild-auf-Taste springen
zur vorigen Seite. Drücken von Strg und Eingabetaste springt zur Seite vor
dem letzten Sprung.</li>
</ul>
<p>Der <em>Skalenfaktor</em> kann geändert werden, indem die gewünschte
Prozentzahl in das Textfeld in der Ansicht-Werkzeugleiste eingetragen
wird. Das Textfeld kann durch Druck von Strg+L und Bestätigung mit der
Eingabetaste fokussiert werden.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Reiter</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Voriger/Nächster Reiter</b> Hebt den vorigen/nächsten Reiter in der
Leiste hervor. Springt zum letzten/ersten Reiter, wenn der erste/letzte
Reiter aktuell hervorgehoben ist.</li>
<li><b>Reiter schließen</b> Schließt den hervorgehobenen Reiter.</li>
<li><b>Alle Reiter schließen</b> Schließt alle Reiter.</li>
<li><b>Alle Reiter bis auf den Aktuellen schließen</b> Schließt alle bis auf den
aktuell hervorgehobenen Reiter.</li>
<li><b>Zuletzt geschlossen</b> Enthält eine Liste der zuletzt geschlossenen
Reiter (falls dies in den Einstellungen eingeschaltet ist).</li>
</ul>
<p>Dieses Menü enthält eine Liste aller Reiter, die durch ein Klick auf den
entsprechenden Menüeintrag hervorgehoben werden können. Reiter können auch
durch einen Mittelklick geschlossen werden. Die ersten neun Reiter können
auch durch Halten der Alt-Taste und Druck auf die entsprechende Zahltaste
hervorgehoben werden.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Lesezeichen</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Voriges Lesezeichen</b> Springt zum nächsten Lesezeichen vor der
aktuellen Seite.</li>
<li><b>Nächstes Lesezeichen</b> Springt zum nächsten Lesezeichen nach der
aktuellen Seite.</li>
<li><b>Lesezeichen hinzufügen</b> Fügt ein Lesezeichen für die aktuelle Datei
und Seite hinzu.</li>
<li><b>Lesezeichen entfernen</b> Entfernt das Lesezeichen für die aktuelle Datei
und Seite.</li>
<li><b>Alle Lesezeichen entfernen</b> Entfernt alle Lesezeichen für alle
Dateien.</li>
<li><b>Öffnen</b> Öffnet die entsprechende Datei im aktuellen Reiter. Falls es
keinen Reiter gibt, wird die Datei in einem neuen Reiter geöffnet.</li>
<li><b>In neuem Reiter öffnen</b> Öffnet die entsprechende Datei in einem neuen
Reiter.</li>
<li><b>Gehe zu Seite</b> Springt zur entsprechenden Seite, falls die
entsprechende Datei bereits geöffnet ist. Andernfalls wird die entsprechende
Datei in einem neuen Reiter geöffnet.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Hilfe</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Inhalt</b> Zeigt dieses Dokument an.</li>
<li><b>Über</b> Zeigt die Programmversion an.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Hauptansicht</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>Die Rücktaste/Leertaste springt zur vorigen/nächsten Seite. Die
Pos1/Ende-Taste springt zur ersten/letzten Seite. Die Pfeil-, Bild-auf- und
Bild-ab-Tasten bewegen den Sichtbereich. Steuerung und Eingabetaste springt
zur Seite vor dem letzten Sprung.</p>
<p>Das Mausrad rollt den Sichtbereich auf und ab. Halten von <b>ALT</b> während
der Verwendung des Mausrads rollt den Sichtbereich nach links und
rechts. Halten von <b>STRG</b> während der Verwendung des Mausrads skaliert
das Dokument. Halten von <b>UMSCHALT</b> während der Verwendung des Mausrads
rotiert das Dokument. (Modifikator-Tasten können in den Einstellungen
geändert werden. Kilcken und halten der mittleren Maustaste wählt ein zu
vergrößerndes Rechteck aus.</p>
<p>Links werden rot umrandet (falls dies in den Einstellungen eingeschaltet
ist). Ein Linksklick auf einen Link zeigt die verlinkte Seite oder öffnet
die verlinkte URL im Standard-Browser (falls dies in den Einstellungen
eingeschaltet ist). Ein Mittelklick auf einen Link zeigt die verlinkte Seite
in einem neuen Reiter. Wird der Mauszeiger ohne Tastendruck auf einem Link
platziert, wird das Linkziel als Tooltip angezeigt.</p>
<p>Formularfelder werden blau umrandet (falls dies in den Einstellungen
eingeschaltet ist). Ein Linksklick auf ein Formularfeld ermöglicht die
Bearbeitung. Wird der Mauszeiger ohne Tastendruck auf einem Formularfeld
platziert, wird dessen Name als Tooltip angezeigt.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p><em>In Zwischenablage kopieren:</em> Bei gedrückter <b>SHIFT</b>-Taste mit
der linken Maustaste klicken, halten und einen Rahmen um die zu kopierende
Fläche ziehen. Sobald die Maustaste losgelassen wird, wird ein Menü
angezeigt, um auszuwählen, ob Text oder Bilder in die Zwischenablage kopiert
werden.</p>
<p><em>Anmerkungen hinzufügen:</em> Bei gedrückter <b>STRG</b>-Taste mit der
linken Maustaste klicken, halten und einen Rahmen um die zu nutzende Fläche
ziehen. Sobald die Maustaste losgelassen wird, wird ein Menü angezeigt, um
auszuwählen, ob Texte oder Hervorhebungen hinzugefügt werden sollen. Mittels
Linksklick werden vorhandene <em>Anmerkungen bearbeitet</em>. Mittels
Rechtsklick werden vorhandene <em>Anmerkungen entfernt</em>. (Das Hinzufügen
und Entfernen von Anmerkungen setzt Version 0.20.1 oder höher der
Poppler-Bibliothek voraus.) Wird der Mauszeiger ohne Tastendruck auf einer
Anmerkung platziert, wird deren Inhalt als Tooltip angezeigt.</p>
<p><em>Auswahl vergrößern:</em> Die Tasten <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>STRG</b>
gedrückt halten und einen Rahmen um den zu vergrößernden Bereich ziehen.</p>
<p>Die <em>Sichtbarkeit der Werkzeug- und Menüleisten</em> kann mittels
einstellbarer Tastaturkürzel mit den Standardwerten "Umschalt+Alt+T" und
"Umschalt+Alt+M" umgeschalten werden.</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Hilfsansichten</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p><p>Die <em>Gliederungs-Ansicht</em> stelle eine Übersicht des
Dokumenteninhalts dar. Durch einen Linksclick auf einen Eintrag springt die
Hauptansicht zur entsprechenden Seite. Mit Hilfe des Kontextmenüs könnte
alle Einträge unterhalb des gewählten Eintrags expandiert/kollabiert
werden.</p></p>
<p>Die Gliederungs-Ansicht kann ebenfalls mittels der Tastatur und dem Mausrad
bedient werden. Wird Umschalt gehalten, so verschieben die
Hoch/Runter-Tasten die Ansicht. Wird Umschalt gehalten, so klappen die
Links/Rechts-Tasten eine Ebene unter dem ausgewählten Element zu/auf. Wird
Steuerung gehalten, so klappen die Links/Rechts-Tasten alle Ebenen unter dem
ausgewählten Elements zu/auf. Wird Umschalt gehalten, so ändert das Mausrad
das ausgewählte Element. Wird Steuerung gehalten, so klappt das Mausrad das
ausgewählte Element auf/zu.</p>
<p><p>Die <em>Eigenschaften-Ansicht<em> zeigt zusätzliche im Dokument
enthaltene Informationen an.</p></p>
<p><p>Die <em>Vorschaubilder-Ansicht</em> zeigt kleinere Ansichten der Seiten
des Dokumentes. Durch einen Linksclick auf einen Eintrag springt die
Hauptansicht zur entsprechenden Seite.</p></p>
<p><p>The <em>Lesezeichen-Ansicht</em> zeigt die zum im aktuellen Reiter
dargestellten Dokument gehörenden Lesezeichen. Das Kontextmenü erlaubt es
zum vorigen/nächsten Lesezeichen zu springen oder Lesezeichen
hinzuzufügen. Das Kontextmenü jedes Eintrags erlaubt es außerdem den Eintrag
zu bearbeiten und zu löschen.</p></p>
<p><p>Falls sie in den Einstellungen aktiviert wurde, stellt die <em>erweiterte
Suchansicht</em> eine Übersicht der Ergebnisse der in den Reitern
durchgeführten Suchvorgänge dar. Sie stellt außerdem den die Suchergebnisse
umgebenden Text dar, wobei der Suchbegriff hervorgehoben wird. Durch
Mausklick auf einen Eintrag wechselt die Hauptansicht zum zugehörigen Reiter
und springt zur entsprechenden Position.</p></p>
<h3><a name="settings">Einstellungen</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Einstellungen zum Verhalten</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>URL öffnen</b> Legt fest, ob Links auf URLs bei Anklicken im
Standard-Browser geöffnet werden sollen.</li>
<li><b>Automatische Aktualisierung</b> Legt fest, ob Dateien automatisch neu
geladen werden, nachdem sie auf der Festplatte verändert wurden.</li>
<li><b>Verwendete Dateien merken</b> Aktiviert ein Menü welches eine Liste der
zuletzt verwendeten Dateien enthält, deren Anzahl durch die Option "Anzahl
verwendeter Dateien" bestimmt wird. (Erst nach Neustart wirksam.)</li>
<li><b>Geschlossene Reiter aufheben</b> Aktiviert ein Menü welches eine Liste
der zuletzt geschlossenen Reiter enthält, deren Anzahl durch die Option
"Anzahl geschlossener Reiter" bestimmt wird. Die Reiter verfügbar zu halten
kann den Speicherverbrauch signifikant erhöhen. (Erst nach Neustart
wirksam.)</li>
<li><b>Reiter wiederherstellen</b> Falls eingeschaltet werden Reiter und ihre
Eigenschaften beim Beenden des Programms gespeichert und beim nächsten
Starten wiederhergestellt.</li>
<li><b>Lesezeichen wiederherstellen</b> Falls eingeschaltet werden Lesezeichen
beim Beenden des Programms gespeichert und beim nächsten Starten
wiederhergestellt.</li>
<li><b>Dateieinstellungen wiederherstellen</b> Falls eingeschaltet werden
Einstellungen für einzelne Dateien beim Schließen/Öffnen von Reitern
gespeichert/geladen.</li>
<li><b>Speicherintervall</b> Das Zeitintervall nach dem Reiter, Lesezeichen und
Dateieinstellungen in der Datenbank gespeichert werden.</li>
<li><b>Präsentation synchronisieren</b> Falls eingeschaltet kann die
Hauptansicht verwendet werden um die Präsentationsansicht zu steuern.</li>
<li><b>Präsentationsbildschirm</b> Der Index des Bildschirms, der die
Präsentationsansicht zeigen soll.</li>
<li><b>Gliederung synchronisieren</b> Falls eingeschaltet, wird in der
Gliederungsansicht der erste Eintrag zur aktuellen Seite hervorgehoben, wenn
die aktuelle Seite wechselt.</li>
<li><b>Minimaler Bildlauf</b> Falls aktiviert, wird die Ansicht nur dann wenn
verschoben, wenn das Ziel eines Sprungs nicht bereits sichtbar ist.</li>
<li><b>Vergrößerungsfaktor</b> Der Skalierungsfaktor wird beim Vergrößern mit
dieser Zahl multipliziert und beim Verkleinern durch diese Zahl dividiert.</li>
<li><b>Farbe der Hervorhebungen</b> Legt die Farbe von Hervorhebungen fest.</li>
<li><b>Dauer der Hervorhebungen</b> Legt die Dauer von vorübergehenden
Hervorhebungen fest.</li>
<li><b>Farbe für Anmerkungen</b> Die Farbe von Anmerkungen die mit diesem
Programm hinzugefügt werden, beschrieben durch SVG-Farbnamen oder in
hexadezimaler Notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Quelltexteditor</b> Das Programm, das gestartet wird um Quelltexte zu
bearbeiten. '%1' wird durch den absoluten Dateipfad und '%2' bzw. '%3' durch
Zeilen- bzw. Spaltennummer ersetzt.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Einstellungen zur Grafik</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Kachelung verwenden</b> Die Seiten werden vor Darstellung und
Zwischenspeicherung in Kacheln unterteilt, um den Speicherverbrauch zu
reduzieren.</li>
<li><b>Veraltete Grafiken aufheben</b> Falls eingeschaltet, werden bei
Veränderung der Vergrößerung (auf Kosten zusätzlichen
Arbeitsspeicherverbrauchs) bereits erstellte Grafiken der alten Auflösung
verwendet, um Näherungen der endgültigen Grafiken darzustellen, bis diese
verfügbar sind.</li>
<li>.</li>
<li><b>Seiten verzieren</b> Legt fest, ob Seiten vom Hintergrund abgesetzt
dargestellt werden.</li>
<li><b>Verweise verzieren</b> Legt fest, ob Verweise ("Links") durch rote Rahmen
hervorgehoben werden.</li>
<li><b>Formularfelder verzieren</b> Legt fest, ob Formularfelder durch blaue
Rahmen hervorgehoben werden.</li>
<li><b>Hintergrundfarbe</b> Legt die Farbe des Hintergrundes mittels
SVG-Farbnamen oder hexadezimaler Notation '#rrggbb' fest.</li>
<li><b>Papierfarbe</b> Legt die Farbe der Seiten mittels SVG-Farbnamen oder
hexadezimaler Notation '#rrggbb' fest.</li>
<li><b>Präsentationshintergrundfarbe</b> Überschreibt die Papierfarbe bei der
Darstellung der Hintergrundfarbe der Präsentationsansicht und wird mittels
SVG-Farbnamen oder hexadezimaler Notation '#rrggbb' definiert.</li>
<li><b>Seiten pro Zeile</b> Anzahl der Seiten pro Zeile in der 'Mehrere
Seiten'-Ansicht.</li>
<li><b>Abstand der Seiten</b> Legt sowohl vertikalen als auch horizontalen
Abstand zwischen Seiten fest.</li>
<li><b>Abstand der Vorschaubilder</b> Legt sowohl vertikalen als auch
horizontalen Abstand zwischen Vorschaubildern fest.</li>
<li><b>Größe der Vorschaubilder</b> Legt die Größe der Vorschaubilder fest.</li>
<li><b>Größe des Zwischenspeichers</b> Das Programm wird versuchen, gezeichnete
Seiten bis zu diesem Speicherverbrauch zwischenzuspeichern, was die Anzeige
von Seiten auf Kosten höheren Speicherverbrauchs beschleunigt.</li>
<li><b>Vorausladen</b> Das Programm wird versuchen, Seiten zu zeichnen, die noch
nicht angezeigt werden, was die Anzeige von Seiten auf Kosten höheren
Zwischenspeicherverbrauchs beschleunigt.</li>
<li><b>Reichweite des Vorausladens</b> Das Vorausladen lädt diese Anzahl an
Zeilen über die aktuelle Zeile hinaus und halb so viele Zeilen vor der
aktuellen Zeile voraus.</li>
<li><b>PDF-Einstellungen</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Kantenglättung</b> Verbessert die Anzeigequalität auf Kosten der
Geschwindigkeit.</li>
<li><b>Text-Kantenglättung</b> Verbessert die Anzeigequalität von Text auf
Kosten der Geschwindigkeit.</li>
<li><b>Text-Hinting</b> Kann die Anzeigequalität von Text für bestimmte
Schriftarten verbessern.</li>
<li><b>Überdruckvorschau</b> Falls eingeschaltet, wird eine Vorschau des
Überdruckens einer Tintenlage über eine andere angezeigt.</li>
<li><b>Modus für dünne Linien</b> Wählt das Optimierungsverfahren für das
Zeichnen dünner Linien aus.</li>
<li><b>Unterbau</b> Wählt den Unterbau zum Zeichnen von Seiten aus.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS-Einstellungen</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Bits für Grafik-Kantenglättung</b> Legt fest wie stark Kanten in Grafiken
geglättet werden.</li>
<li><b>Bits für Text-Kantenglättung</b> Legt fest wie stark Kanten im Text
geglättet werden.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Einstellung zur Oberfläche</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Erweiterte Suchansicht</b> Erweitert die Standardsuchansicht um eine
Übersicht der Suchergebnisse aller Reiter. (Nach Neustart wirksam.)</li>
<li><b>Eingebettet dargestellte Anmerkungen</b> Ist diese Option aktiviert,
werden alle Anmerkungen einer Seite als interaktive Überlagerung
dargestellt. Ansonsten wird jede Anmerkung als separates Fenster behandelt.</li>
<li><b>Eingebettet dargestellte Formularfelder</b> Ist diese Option aktiviert,
werden alle Formularfelder einer Seite als interaktive Überlagerung
dargestellt. Ansonsten wird jedes Formularfeld als separates Fenster
behandelt.</li>
<li><b>Reiterposition</b> Legt fest an welcher Kante der Hauptansicht die Reiter
angezeigt werden.</li>
<li><b>Reitersichtbarkeit</b> Legt fest ob Reiter angezeigt werden falls weniger
als zwei Dokumente geöffnet sind.</li>
<li><b>Reiter ausbreiten</b> Legt fest ob die Reiter gleichmäßig über den
gesamten Reiterbereich ausgebreitet werden.</li>
<li><b>Neuer Reiter neben aktuellem Reiter</b> Falls aktiviert werden neue
Reiter rechts neben dem aktuellen Reiter eingefügt.</li>
<li><b>Nach letztem Reiter beenden</b> Bewirkt, dass die Anwendung nach dem
Schließen des letzten Reiters beendet wird.</li>
<li><b>Anzahl verwendeter Dateien</b> Legt die Azahl der Dateien fest, die im
Menü für zuletzt verwendete Dateien aufgeführt werden, falls "Verwendete
Dateien merken" aktiviert ist. (Tritt nach Neustart des Programms in Kraft.)</li>
<li><b>Anzahl geschlossener Reiter</b> Legt die Azahl der Reiter fest, die im
Menü für zuletzt geschlossene Reiter aufgeführt werden, falls "Geschlossene
Reiter merken" aktiviert ist. (Tritt nach Neustart des Programms in Kraft.)</li>
<li><b>Datei-Werkzeugleiste</b> Legt fest, welche Aktionen in welcher
Reihenfolge in der Datei-Werkzeugleiste angezeigt werden. Verfügbare
Aktionen sind "openInNewTab" (In neuem Reiter öffnen), "open" (Öffnen),
"refresh" (Aktualisieren), "saveCopy" (Kopie speichern), "saveAs" (Speichern
unter), "print" (Drucken) und "separator" (Trennelement). (Tritt nach
Neustart des Programms in Kraft.)</li>
<li><b>Bearbeiten-Werkzeugleiste</b> Legt fest, welche Aktionen in welcher
Reihenfolge in der Bearbeiten-Werkzeugleiste angezeigt werden. Verfügbare
Aktionen sind "currentPage" (Aktuelle Seite), "previousPage" (Vorige Seite),
"nextPage" (Nächste Seite), "firstPage" (Erste Seite), "lastPage" (Letzte
Seite), "jumpToPage" (Springe zu Seite), "jumpBackward" (Springe Rückwärts),
"jumpForward" (Springe Vorwärts), "search" (Suche), "copyToClipboardMode"
(Kopieren in Zwischenablage), "addAnnotationMode" (Anmerkung hinzufügen) und
"separator" (Trennelement). (Tritt nach Neustart des Programms in Kraft.)</li>
<li><b>Ansicht-Werkzeugleiste</b> Legt fest, welche Aktionen in welcher
Reihenfolge in der Bearbeiten-Werkzeugleiste angezeigt werden. Verfügbare
Aktionen sind "scaleFactor" (Skalenfaktor), "zoomIn" (Vergrößern), "zoomOut"
(Verkleinern), "continuousMode" (Fortlaufend), "twoPagesMode" (Zweiseitig),
"twoPagesWithCoverPageMode" (Zweiseitig mit Titelseite), "multiplePagesMode"
(Mehrere Seiten), "originalSize" (Ursprüngliche Größe), "fitToPageWidthMode"
(An Seitenbreite anpassen), "fitToPageSizeMode" (An Seitengröße anpassen),
"rotateLeft" (Nach links drehen), "rotateRight" (Nach rechts drehen),
"fullscreen" (Vollbild), "presentation" (Präsentation) und "separator"
(Trennelement). (Tritt nach Neustart des Programms in Kraft.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Laufende Menüs</b> Überschreibt die Vorgabe des Standardstils, so dass
Menüs laufen anstatt in mehreren Spalten dargestellt zu werden, falls sie
größer sind als die verfügbare Bildschirmfläche. (Nach Neustart wirksam.)</li>
<li><b>Durchsuchbare Menüs</b> Erweitert die übliche Tastaturnavigation der
Reiter- und Lesezeichen-Menüs um eine Suchfunktion.</li>
<li><b>Werkzeug- und Menüleisten bei Vollbild umschalten</b> Die Sichtbarkeit
von Werkzeug- und Menüleisten wird immer dann umgeschalten wenn der
Vollbildmouds umgeschalten wird.</li>
<li><b>Seitenbeschriftung verwenden</b> Legt fest, ob vom Dokument vergebene
Seitenbeschriftungen anstatt von Seitenzahlen verwendet werden.</li>
<li><b>Dokumententitel als Reitertitel</b> Legt fest ob der Reitertitel anhand
der Metadaten anstatt des Dateinamens ermittelt wird.</li>
<li><b>Aktuelle Seite im Fenstertitel</b> Falls aktiviert wird die aktuelle
Seite und die Anzahl der Seiten des aktuellen Dokuments im Fenstertitel
angezeigt.</li>
<li>Falls aktiviert und die aktuelle Instanz benannt ist wird deren Name im
Fenstertitel angezeigt.</li>
<li><b>Aktuelles Vorschaubild hervorheben</b> Falls eingeschaltet, wird die
aktuelle Seite in der Vorschauansicht hervorgehoben.</li>
<li><b>Vorschaubilder auf Ergebnisse beschränken</b> Falls diese Einstellung
eingeschaltet ist und eine Suche durchgeführt wird, werden nur Seiten, die
den Suchbegriff enthalten, in der Vorschauansicht angezeigt.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Einstellungen zu Tastenkürzeln</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>Die Tastenkürzel-Einstellungen ermöglichen die Anpassung der Tastenkürzel an
persönliche Vorlieben. Zum Ändern eines Tastenkürzel wird ein Doppelklick
auf das Tastenkürzel ausgeführt und anschließend das neue Tastenkürzel
eingegeben. Jeder Aktion können mehrere Tastenkürzel zugeordnet werden, die
durch Semikolons getrennt aufgelistet werden. Tastennamen, die nicht aus
einem Zeichen bestehen, (z.B. "Alt", "Strg", "Bild aufwärts") werden
explizit ausgeschrieben, wobei die Erkennung Groß- und Kleinschreibung nicht
unterscheidet. Falls das Tastenkürzel Modifikator-Tasten enthält, werden die
Namen der Tasten mit einem Pluszeichen zusammengefügt wobei die
Modifikator-Taste zuerst genannt werden muss, z.B. "Strg+A" oder "Strg++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Einstellungen zu Modifikatoren</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Skalieren</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um die Darstellung der
Hauptansicht mittels des Mausrads zu skalieren.</li>
<li><b>Rotieren</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um die Darstellung der
Hauptansicht mittels des Mausrads zu rotieren.</li>
<li><b>Bildlauf</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um die Darstellung der
Hauptansicht mittels des Mausrads horizontal zu verschieben.</li>
<li><b>In Zwischenablage kopieren</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um Texte oder
Bilder von einer Seite in die Zwischenablage zu kopieren.</li>
<li><b>Anmerkungen hinzufügen</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um einer Seite
Anmerkungen hinzu zufügen.</li>
<li><b>Auswahl vergrößern</b> Die Tastaturmodifikatoren, um die einen zu
vergrößernden Bereich mit der Maus auszuwählen.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

504
help/help_en_GB.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Help</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Help</a></h2>
<h4>Table of contents</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Main menu</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">File</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Edit</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">View</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Tabs</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Help</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Main view</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Interface settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> is a tabbed document viewer. It uses Poppler for PDF
support, libspectre for PS support, DjVuLibre for DjVu support, CUPS for
printing support and the Qt toolkit for its interface.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and
configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Main menu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">File</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialogue to choose a file to open in the current
tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new
tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialogue to save an unmodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit</b> Closes all tabs and ends the program.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edit</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last
page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the
current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible
at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colours</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colours.</li>
<li><b>Convert to greyscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
greyscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper colour to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialogue listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximised and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Content</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasised. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behaviour settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronise presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronise outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight colour</b> Determines the colour of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation colour</b> The colour of annotations added by the program
using SVG colour keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background colour</b> Determines the colour of the background using SVG
colour keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper colour</b> Determines the colour of pages using SVG colour keywords
or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background colour</b> Overrides the paper colour in the
computation of the background colour of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG colour keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimisation used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a selection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

560
help/help_es.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Ayuda</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Ayuda</a></h2>
<h4>Tabla de contenidos</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Menú principal</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Archivo</a></li>
<li>Edición</li>
<li><a href="#view">Ver</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Pestañas</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Marcadores</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Ayuda</a></li>
</ol>
<li>Copy text <a href="#mainview">Vista principal</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Vistas auxiliares</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Configuración</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Opciones de comportamiento</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Opciones de gráficos</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Opciones de la interfaz</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Acceso directo a configuraciones</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Configurar modificador</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introducción</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> es un visor de documentos con pestañas. Usa Poppler como
soporte para PDF, libspectre para soporte de PS, DjVuLibre para soporte de
DjVu, CUPS para soporte de impresión y Qt para su interfaz.</p>
<p>Por favor consulte la página de manual para obtener información sobre la
línea de comandos y la configuración de archivos.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Menú principal</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Archivo</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Abrir...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para seleccionar un archivo a
abrir en la pestaña actual. Si no hay ninguna pestaña, el archivo se abre en
una nueva pestaña.</li>
<li><b>Abrir en una nueva pestaña...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para
seleccionar archivos a abrir en nuevas pestañas.</li>
<li><b>Recientemente usados</b> Contiene una lista de los últimos archivos
utilizados (si está activado en la configuración).</li>
<li><b>Actualizar</b> Vuelve a cargar el archivo mostrado en la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Guardar</b> Guarda los cambios en anotaciones y campos de formulario en
el archivo mostrado en la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Guardar como...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para guardar el archivo
mostrado en la pestaña actual incluyendo los cambios en anotaciones y campos
de formulario.</li>
<li><b>Guardar copia ... </ b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para guardar una copia
no modificada del archivo mostrado en la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Imprimir...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para imprimir el archivo
mostrado en la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Salir</b> Cierra todas las pestañas y finaliza el programa.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Editar</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Siguiente/Anterior/Primera/Última página</b> Salta a la
siguiente/anterior/primera/última página del documento.</li>
<li><b>Salta a la página...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo para introducir una
página para mostrar en la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Saltar atŕas/adelante</b> Salta hacia atŕas/adelante en el historial de
la página mostrada.</li>
<li><b>Buscar...</b> Abre un cuadro de búsqueda debajo de la vista principal. La
búsqueda se inicia automáticamente dos segundos después del último cambio
del término de búsqueda o se inicia manualmente pulsando la tecla Intro. Si
se pulsan a la vez las teclas Mayús e Intro, la búsqueda se inicia en todas
las pestañas en vez de en la pestaña actual (este efecto se invierte si el
cuadro de búsqueda extendido se activa en la configuración).</li>
<li><b>Buscar anterior/siguiente</b> Salta hacia la ocurrencia
anterior/siguiente del término de búsqueda en el documento.</li>
<li><b>Cancelar búsqueda</b> Cancela la búsqueda actual y cierra el cuadro de
búsqueda.</li>
<li><b>Copiar al portapapeles</b> Si se selecciona, el programa esperará a que
se arrastre un marco para copiar textos o imágenes.</li>
<li><b>Agregar anotación</b> Si se selecciona, el programa esperará a que se
arrastre un marco para añadir anotaciones.</li>
<li><b>Configuración...</b> Abre el diálogo de configuración. El botón
denominado 'Valores predeterminados' revertirá todos los ajustes en todas
las pestañas a sus valores predeterminados. El botón denominado 'Valores
predeterminados en la pestaña actual' sólo revertirá los ajustes de la
pestaña actual.</li>
</ul>
<p>La <em>página actual</em> se puede cambiar introduciendo la página deseada
en el campo de texto de la barra de edición, que se puede enfocar usando
Ctrl+K y presionando la tecla Intro.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Ver</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuo</b> Determina que todas las filas que componen la presentación
de las páginas sean visibles a la vez.</li>
<li><b>Dos páginas</b> Determina que la presentación de las páginas use 2
columnas.</li>
<li><b>Dos páginas con portada</b> Determina que la presentación de las páginas
usen 2 columnas con una interrupción después de la portada.</li>
<li><b>Múltiples páginas</b> Determina si las páginas usan múltiples
columnas. El número de columnas puede ser cambiado en cuadro de
configuración.</li>
<li><b>Derecha a izquierdat</b> Determina cómo las páginas son ordenadas en
composiciones con múltiples páginas por fila.</li>
<li><b>Aumentar</b> Incrementa la escala en un 10 por ciento. La escala máxima
es 5000 por ciento.</li>
<li><b>Reducir</b> Reduce la escala en un 10 por ciento. La escala mínima es 10
por ciento.</li>
<li><b>Tamaño original</b> Reinicia la escala al 100 por ciento.</li>
<li>b>Ajustar al ancho de página</b> Determina la escala de tal forma que todas
las páginas se ajusten a la ventana principal horizontalmente.</li>
<li>b>Ajustar al tamaño de la página</b> Determina la escala de tal forma que
todas las páginas se ajusten a la ventana principal horizontal y
verticalmente.</li>
<li><b>Girar a la izquierda</b> Gira la páginas a la izquierda en 90 grados.</li>
<li><b>Girar a la derecha</b> Gira la páginas a la derecha en 90 grados.</li>
<li><b>Invertir colores</b> Determina que las páginas se visualicen con los
colores invertidos.</li>
<li><b>Convertir a grises</b> Determina que las páginas sean convertidas a
escala de grises al visualizarlas.</li>
<li><b>Recorte de márgenes</b> Habilita la eliminación de los márgenes de la
página al visualizarlas.</li>
<li><b>Composición</b> Habilita la composición de la página visualizada con el
color del papel para ajustar el fondo de los documentos escaneados.</li>
<li><b>Barra de herramientas</b> Este menu contiene una lista de barras de
herramientas para acceder a acciones usadas frecuentemente.</li>
<li><b>Barra de tareas</b> Este menu contiene una lista de todas las barras de
tareas disponibles para mostrar información suplementaria.</li>
<li><b>Fuentes...</b> Abre un cuadro de diálogo listando las fuentes usadas en
el documento.</li>
<li><b>Pantalla completa</b> Alterna al modo pantalla completa, es decir la
ventana se muestra maximizada y sin decoraciones.</li>
<li><b>Presentación</b> Se ingresa al modo presentación que puede abandonarse al
presionar la tecla F12 o Escape. La tecla Inicio/Fin es usada para mostrar
la primera/última página. Las flechas de desplazamiento Derecha y Abajo, la
tecla Espacio y la tecla Av. pág. saltan a la siguiente página. Las flechas
de desplazamiento Izquierda y Arriba, la tecla de Retroceso y la tecla
Re.pág. saltan a la página previa. Presionando Control y Enter salta a la
última página previo al último salto.</li>
</ul>
<p>La <em>factor escala</em> puede ser cambiado al ingresar el porcentaje
deseado en el campo de texto dentro de la barra de herramientas de Ver, el
cual puede ser enfocado usando Ctrl+L, y presionando la tecla Enter.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Pestañas</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Pestaña Anterior/Siguiente</b> Convierte la pestaña anterior/siguiente en
la pestaña actual. Se traslada a la última/primera pestaña si la
primera/última pestaña es la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Cerrar pestaña</b> Cierra la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Cerrar todas las pestañas</b> Cierra todas las pestañas.</li>
<li><b>Cerrar todas las pestañas salvo la actual</b> Cierra todas las pestañas
excepto la pestaña actual.</li>
<li><b>Recientemente cerrados</b> Contiene una lista de las pestañas
recientemente cerradas (si está activada en la configuración).</li>
</ul>
<p>Este menú contiene una lista de todas las pestañas a las cuales se las puede
convertir en la pestaña actual al hacer click en el correspondiente item del
menú. Las pestañas puede también ser cerradas con un clic del botón central
del mouse. Las primeras nueve pestañas también pueden ser activadas al
presionar la tecla Alt y alguna tecla del uno al nueve.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Marcadores</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Marcador previo</b> Salta al marcador más próximo que se encuentre
previamente a la página actual.</li>
<li><b>Marcador previo</b> Salta al marcador más próximo que se encuentre
posteriormente a la página actual.</li>
<li><b>Agregar marcador</b> Agrega un marcador al archivo y página actualmente
abierto.</li>
<li><b>Quitar marcador</b> Quita el marcador del archivo y página actualmente
abierto.</li>
<li><b>Quitar todos los marcadores</b> Quita todos los marcadores presentes.</li>
<li><b>Abrir</b> Abre el archivo correspondiente en la pestaña actual. Si no hay
ninguna pestaña, el archivo se abrirá en una pestaña nueva.</li>
<li><b>Abrir en una nueva pestaña</b> Abre el archivo correspondiente en una
nueva pestaña.</li>
<li><b>Saltar a la página</b> Salta a la correspondiente página si el archivo ya
se encuentra abierto. De no ser así el archivo correspondiente se abre en
una nueva pestaña.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Ayuda</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contenidos</b> Se muestra este documento.</li>
<li><b>Acerca</b> Se muestra la versión del programa.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Vista principal</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>La tecla de retroceso/espacio salta a la anterior/siguiente página. La tecla
inicio/fin salta a la primera/última página. La flechas de dirección, las
teclas repág y avpág desplazan la ventana de visualización. Presionando Ctrl
y enter salta a la última página antes del último salto.</p>
<p>Usando la rueda del mouse se desplaza hacia arriba y hacia
abajo. Presionando <b>ALT</b> mientras se usa la rueda del mouse permite
desplazar de izquierda a derecha. Presionando <b>CTRL</b> mientras se usa la
rueda del mouse permite escalar el documento. Presionando <b>SHIFT</b>
mientras se usa la rueda del mouse permite rotar el documento (Las teclas
especiales pueden ser cambiadas en el cuadro de diálogo de
configuraciones). Presionar y mantener el botón de la rueda del mouse para
seleccionar un rectángulo que permita hacer zoom.</p>
<p>Los links son resaltados en recuadros rojos (si es activado en
configuraciones). Clic con el botón izquierdo sobre un link para mostrar la
página linkeada o para abrir la URL linkeada en el navegador predeterminado
del sistema (si es activado en configuraciones). Clic con el bot central
sobre un link para mostrar la página linkeada en una nueva
pestaña. Posicionarse con el mouse sobre un link muestra su destino final en
forma de pequeña ventana emergente.</p>
<p>Los campos de formulario son resaltados en recuadros azules (si es activado
en configuraciones). Clic con el botón izquierdo sobre un campo de
formulario para editar sus contenidos. Posicionarse con el mouse sobre un
campo de formulario muestra su nombre n forma de pequeña ventana emergente.</p>
<p>La fuente de una posición en el documento puede ser abierto en el editor
usando el menú contextual, el cual puede opcionalmente contener un item para
la primera concidencia encontrada del nodo <em>SyncTeX</em>.</p>
<p>Para <em>copiar textos o imágenes</em>, presiona <b>SHIFT</b>, haz clic y
mantiene presionado el botón izquierdo del mouse para dibujar un recuadro
alrededor del área a copiar. Una vez liberado el botón, un menú emergente es
mostrado para seleccionar textos o imágenes al portapapeles.</p>
<p>Para <em>agregar anotaciones</em>, presiona <b>CTRL</b>, haz clic y mantiene
presionado el botón izquierdo del mouse para dibujar un recuadro alrededor
del área a anotar. Una vez liberado el botón, un menú emergente es mostrado
para poder seleccionar agregar textos o resaltar anotaciones. Clic con el
botón izquierdo para <em>editar anotaciones</em>. Clic con el botón derecho
para <em>borrar anotaciones</em> (Agregar y borrar anotaciones requiere
versión 0.20.1 o superior de la librería Poppler). Al poner el cursor del
mouse sobre una anotación se muestra su contenido en forma de pequeña
ventana emergente.</p>
<p>Para hacer <em>zoom sobre una selección</em>, mantenter presionados
<b>SHIFT</b> y <b>CTRL</b> y hacer clic y mantener el botón izquierdo del
mouse para dibujar un recuadro alrededor de la región desea para hacer zoom.</p>
<p><em>Mostrar barras y menues de herramientas</em> puede ser alternado usando
atajos del teclado cuyos valores por defecto son "Shift+Alt+T" y
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Vistas auxiliares</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>La <em>Vista de perfil</em> muestra una visión general del contenido del
documento. Un clic con el botón izquierdo sobre una entrada salta a la
respectiva página como vista principal. El menú contextual puede ser usado
para expandir/colapsar todos los items por debajo del item seleccionado.</p>
<p>La Vista de perfil puede ser también navegada usando el teclado y la rueda
del mouse. Manteniendo Shift y usando las teclas Arriba/Abajo se puede
desplazar la vista. Manteniendo Shift y usando las teclas Izquierda/Derecha
permite colapsar/expandir el item seleccionado y sus
descendientes. Manteniendo Shift y usando la rueda del mouse permite cambiar
el item seleccionado. Manteniendo la tecla Ctrl y usando la rueda del mouse
permite expandir/colapsar el item seleccionado.</p>
<p>La <em>Vista de propiedades</em> muestra información adicional contenida en
el documento.</p>
<p>La <em>Vista de miniaturas</em> muestra pequeñas versiones de las páginas
del documento. Un clic con el botón izquierdo en una entrada salta a la
respectiva página en la vista principal.</p>
<p>La <em>Vista de marcadores</em> muestra los marcadores relacionados con el
documento mostrado en la pestaña actual. El menú contextual contiene
entradas para saltar al marcador previo/siguiente o para agregar
marcadores. El menú contextual de cada entrada también contiene entradas
para editar y borrar marcadores.</p>
<p>Si está activado en las configuraciones, el <em>cuadro de búsquea
extendido</em> muestra una vista general conteniendo todos los resultados de
todas las búsquedas siendo realizadas en todas las pestañas. También muestra
el texto que rodea al resultado con el término de búsqueda
resaltado. Cliqueando en un resultado abre la pestaña correspondiente y
salta a su posición.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Opciones</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Opciones de comportamiento</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Abrir URL</b> Determina la apertura de links con URL en el navegador web
predeterminado.</li>
<li><b>Autoactualizar</b> Determina si los archivos son automáticamente
recargados al cambiar en el disco.</li>
<li><b>Pistas recientemente usadas</b> Si está activado, se muestra un menú de
usados recientemente y pone en lista a todos los archivos recientemente
utilizados según se haya configurado en la opción de "Cantidad de últimos
usados" (se hace efectivo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Mantener recientemente usados</b> Si está activado, se muestra un menú de
cerrados recientemente y pone en lista a todas las pestañas recientemente
cerradas egún se haya configurado en la opción de "Cantidad de últimos
cerrados". Manteniendo las pestañas abiertas puede incrementar el uso de
memoria considerablemente (se hace efectivo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Restaurar pestañas</b> Si está activado, las pestañas y sus propiedades
son guardadas al finalizar el programa y restauradas al iniciar nuevamente
el mismo.</li>
<li><b>Restaurar marcadores</b> Si está activado, los marcadores son guardados
al finalizar el programa y restaurados al iniciar nuevamente el mismo.</li>
<li>b>Restaurar configuraciones de archivo</b> Si está activado, las
configuraciones de archivo son guardadas/restauradas al abrir/cerrar
pestañas.</li>
<li><b>Guardar base de datos por intervalos</b> El intervalo por el cual
pestañas, marcadores o configuraciones por página son guardados a la base de
datos.</li>
<li><b>Sincronizar presentación</b> Si está activado, la vista principal puede
ser usada para controlar la vista de presentación.</li>
<li><b>Pantalla de presentación</b> El índice de la pantalla a ser mostrada en
la vista de presentación.</li>
<li><b>Sincronizar vista de perfil</b> Si está activado, la vista de perfil
resaltará la primera entrada apuntando a la página actual apenas esta última
cambie.</li>
<li><b>Desplazamiento mínimo</b> Si está activado, la ventana solo se desplazará
si la posición de destino no se encuentra aún visible.</li>
<li><b>Factor zoom</b> El número por el cual el factor de escala es
multiplicado.</li>
<li><b>Color de resaltado</b> Determina el color de resaltado.</li>
<li><b>Tiempo de resaltado</b> Determina la duración de los resaltados
temporales.</li>
<li><b>Color de anotación</b> El color de anotación agregado por el programa
usando claves SVG de color o notación hexadecimal '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Editor</b> El programa el cual es iniciado para editar. '%1' es
reemplazado por la dirección absoluta del archivo. '%2' resp. '%3' es
reemplazado por linea resp. del número de columna.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Configuración de gráficos</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Usar mosaicos</b> Las páginas se dividirán en mosaicos antes del
renderizado y de la copia caché para reducir el uso de memoria.</li>
<li><b>Mantenter mixmaps caducos</b> Si es activado, luego de un cambio en el
factor zoom, los mapas de píxeles (pixmaps) serán usados para dibujar
aproximaciones de los pixmaps finales hasta que que estos estén disponibles
al costo de incrementar el uso de memoria.</li>
<li><b>Usar la proporción de píxeles del dispositivo</b> Si es activado, la
mayor proporción de píxeles del dispositivo que sea disponible se utilizará
para renderizar a modo fisico y mostrar en resolución lógica.</li>
<li><b>Adornar páginas</b> Determina si las páginas serán apartadas del fondo.</li>
<li><b>Adornar links</b> Determina si los links serán resaltados con recuadros
rojos.</li>
<li><b>Adornar campos de formulario</b> Determina si los campos de formulario
serán resaltados con recuadros azules.</li>
<li><b>Color de fondo</b> Determina el color de fondo usando claves de color SVG
o notación hexadecimal '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Color de página</b> Determina el color de las páginas usando claves de
color SVG o notación hexadecimal '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Color de fondo en modo presentación</b> Anula el color de fondo de la
página en modo presentación y se define usando claves de color SVG o
notación hexadecimal '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><p>Páginas por fila</b> Número de páginas por fila en modo composicion de
"múltiples páginas".</li>
<li><b>Espaciado de página</b> Determina tanto el espacio vertical como
horizontal mostrado entre páginas.</li>
<li><b>Espaciado miniaturas</b> Determina tanto el espacio vertical como
horizontal mostrado entre miniaturas.</li>
<li><b>Tamaño de miniaturas</b> Determina el tamaño de las miniaturas.</li>
<li><b>Tamaño caché</b> El programa tratará de ubicar en cache las páginas
renderizadas dentro de este límite fijado incrementando la velocidad de
renderizado al costo de incrementar el uso de memoria.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> El programa tratará de renderizar páginas aún no visibles
incrementando la velocidad de renderizado al costo de incrementar el uso de
memoria.</li>
<li><b>Distancia de prefetch</b> El número de filas a más allá de la fila actual
y el doble de número de filas después de la misma que serán puestos en
prefetch.</li>
<li><b>Opciones PDF</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Mejora la calidad de visualización a costa de la
performance.</li>
<li><b>Antialiasing en texto</b> Mejora la calidad de visualización del texto a
costa de la performance.</li>
<li><b>Hinting texto</b> Puede mejorar la calidad del texto para ciertas
fuentes.</li>
<li><b>Previa de sobreimpresión</b> Si es activado, se muestra una vista previa
de la impresión de una capa de tinta encima de otra.</li>
<li><b>Modo lineas finas</b> Permite seleccionar la optimización usada para
dibujar lineas finas.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Permite seleccionar el backend usado para renderizar páginas.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>Opciones de PS</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Bits de antialias en gráficos</b> Determina la cantidad de antialiasing
para gráficos.</li>
<li><b>Bits de antialias en texto</b> Determina la cantidad de antialiasing para
texto.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Configuración de interfase</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Recuadro de búsqueda extendido</b> Si es activado, el recuadro de
búsqueda predeterminado es extendido como panorámica mostrando los
resultados en todas las pestañas (efectivo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Superposición de anotaciones</b> Si es activado, todas las anotaciones de
la página serán mostradas como superposiciones interactivas. De otro modo
cada anotación serán manejadas como recuadros emergentes individuales.</li>
<li><b>Overlay en campo de formulario</b> Si es activado, todos los campos de
formulario en la página serán mostrados con un overlay interactivo. De lo
contrario cada campo de formulario será manejado como una ventana emergente
individual.</li>
<li><b>Posición de pestaña</b> Define sobre qué borde de la vista principal
serán mostradas las pestañas.</li>
<li><b>Visibilidad de pestañas</b> Determina si las pestañas serán mostradas si
al menos dos documentos se encuentran abiertos.</li>
<li><b>Extensión de pestañas</b> Determina si las pestañas se extenderán
uniformemente sobre toda la barra de pestañas.</li>
<li><b>Nueva pestaña sobre pestaña activa</b> Si es activado, nuevas pestañas
serán abiertas a la derecha de la pestaña activa.</li>
<li><b>Salir después de la última pestaña</b> Si es activado, la aplicación se
cerrará después de cerrar la última pestaña.</li>
<li><b>Contador de recientemente abiertos</b> Fija el número de archivos que son
listados en el menú de recientemente usados, siempre que "listar
recientemente usados" se encuentre activado (efectivo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Contador de recientemente cerrados</b> Fija el número de pestañas que son
listadas en el menú de recientemente usados, siempre que "listar
recientemente cerrados" se encuentre activado (efectivo después de
reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Barra de archivos</b> Define qué acciones serán visibles en la barra de
archivos. Acciones disponibles son: abrir en nueva pestaña, abrir,
actualizar, guardar copia, guardar como, imprimir y separador (efectivo solo
después de reiniciar).</li>
<li>b>Barra de edición</b> Define qué acciones serán visibles en la barra de
edición. Acciones disponibles son: página actual, página previa, página
siguiente, primera página, última página, saltar a página, saltar hacia
atrás, saltar hacia adelante, buscar, modo copiar a portapapeles, modo
agregar anotaciones y separador (efectivo solo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li>b>Barra de vista</b> Define qué acciones serán visibles en la barra de
vista. Las acciones disponibles son: Factor de escala, incrementar zoom,
reducir zoom, modo páginas continuas, modo doble página, modo doble página
con cubierta, modo múltiples páginas, tamaño original, modo encajar al ancho
de la página, modo encajar al tamaño de página, rotar hacia la izquierda,
rotar hacia la derecha, pantalla completa, presentación y separador
(efectivo solo después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Menues desplazables</b> Anula el estilo por defecto de tal forma que los
menues emergentes se puedan desplazarse en lugar de disponerse en múltiples
columnas si son más grandes que el espacio disponible en pantalla (efectivo
después de reiniciar).</li>
<li><b>Menues buscables</b> Extiende la navegación por defecto vía teclado en
los menues de pestañas y marcadores mediante un mecanismo del tipo
"buscar-mientras-escribo".</li>
<li><b>Alternar barras de menu y herramientas con pantalla completa</b> Siempre
se conmuta la visibilidad de las barras de menu y herramientas cuando se
pasa a pantalla completa.</li>
<li><b>Usar etiqueta de página</b> Determina si una etiqueta de página del
documento suministrado será usado en lugar de números de página cuando se
sea disponible.</li>
<li><b>Título de documento como título de pestaña</b> Determina el título de
pestaña según lo obtenido de los meta-datos en lugar del nombre del archivo.</li>
<li><b>Página activa en título de ventana</b> Si es activado, la página activa y
el número de páginas del documento en la pestaña activa serán mostradas en
el título de la ventana.</li>
<li><b>Nombre de instancia en título de ventana</b> Si es activado y la
instancia actual es nombrada, su nombre se mostrará en el título de la
ventana.</li>
<li><b>Resaltar miniatura activa</b> Si es activado, la página actual será
remarcada en la vista de miniaturas.</li>
<li><b>Limitar miniaturas en resultados</b> Si esta opción es activada y una
búsqueda es realizada, solo las páginas donde el término de búsqueda es
encontrado son mostrados en la vista de miniaturas.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Configuración de atajos</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>La configuración de atajos permite el ajuste de atajos de teclado según
preferencia personal. Los atajos son cambiados con doble clic sobre los
mismos para editar e ingresar el nuevo atajo. Cada acción puede disponer de
varios atajos al ingresar una lista de estos separados por punto y coma. Los
nombres de tecla que no son representados con una letra simple puede
escribirse explícitamente (ej.: "Alt", "Ctrl", "avPág"), y la concordancia
no es sensible entre letras mayúsculas y minúsculas. Si el atajo contiene
claves de modificadores, los nombres de las claves son agregadas con un
signo más y estas claves deben ser listadas primero (ej.: "Ctrl+A" o
"Ctrl++").</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Configuración de modificadores</a> <a
href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> Los modificadores de teclado para hacer zoom usando la rueda del
mouse en la vista principal.</li>
<li><b>Rotar</b> <b>Zoom</b> Los modificadores de teclado para rotar usando la
rueda del mouse en la vista principal.</li>
<li><b>Desplazamientol</b> Los modificadores de teclado para desplazarse
horizontalmente usando la rueda del mouse en la vista principal.</li>
<li><b>Copiar al portapapeles</b> Los modificadores de teclado para copiar
textos o imágenes desde la página al portapapeles.</li>
<li><b>Agregar anotación</b> Los modificadores de teclado para agregar
anotaciones en la página.</li>
<li><b>Zoom en selección</b> Los modificadores de teclado para hacer zoom en una
selección sobre la página.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

504
help/help_fa.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>راهنما</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">راهنما</a></h2>
<h4>فهرست مطالب</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">منوی اصلی</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">فایل</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">ویرایش</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">نما</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">برگه‌ها</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">نشان‌ها</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">راهنما</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">نمای اصلی</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">سامانش</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Interface settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> is a tabbed document viewer. It uses Poppler for PDF
support, libspectre for PS support, DjVuLibre for DjVu support, CUPS for
printing support and the Qt toolkit for its interface.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and
configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Main menu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">File</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialog to choose a file to open in the current
tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new
tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit</b> Closes all tabs and ends the program.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edit</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last
page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the
current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible
at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

504
help/help_fi.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Help</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Help</a></h2>
<h4>Table of contents</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Main menu</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">File</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Edit</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">View</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Tabs</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Help</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Main view</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Interface settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Johdanto</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> on välehdet mahdollistava dokumenttiselain. Siinä on
Poppler PDF tukeen, libspectre PS tukeen, DjVuLibre DjVu tukeen, CUPS
tulostustukeen ja Qt työkalupakki on sen käyttöliittymään.</p>
<p>Please refer to the manual page for information on command-line options and
configuration files.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Main menu</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">File</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open...</b> Opens a dialog to choose a file to open in the current
tab. If there is no tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab...</b> Opens a dialog to choose files to open in new
tabs.</li>
<li><b>Recently used</b> Contains a list of the most recently used files (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
<li><b>Refresh</b> Reloads the file displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save</b> Saves changes to annotations and form fields to the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Save as...</b> Opens a dialog to save the file displayed in the current
tab including changes to annotations and form fields.</li>
<li><b>Save copy...</b> Opens a dialog to save an umodified copy of the file
displayed in the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Print...</b> Opens a dialog to print the file displayed in the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit</b> Closes all tabs and ends the program.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Edit</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Next/Previous/First/Last page</b> Skips to the next/previous/first/last
page of the document.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page...</b> Opens a dialog to enter a page to display in the
current tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump backward/forward</b> Jumps backward/forward in the history of
displayed page.</li>
<li><b>Search...</b> Opens the search dock below the main view. The search
automatically starts two seconds after the last change of the search term or
is manually started by pressing the return key. If the Shift modifier is
held when the return key is pressed, the search starts in all tabs instead
of just the current tab. (This effect is reversed if the extended search
dock is enabled in the settings.)</li>
<li><b>Find previous/next</b> Jumps to the previous/next occurrence of the
search term in the document.</li>
<li><b>Cancel search</b> Cancels the currently running search and closes the
search dock.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to copy texts or images.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> If checked, the program will wait for a frame to be
dragged to add annotations.</li>
<li><b>Settings...</b> Opens the settings dialog. The button labeled 'Defaults'
will revert all settings on all tabs to their default values. The button
labeled 'Defaults on current tab' will revert only the settings on the
current tab to their default values.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>current page</em> can be changed by entering the desired page into
the text field in the edit tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+K, and
pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="view">View</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continuous</b> Determines whether all rows of the page layout are visible
at once.</li>
<li><b>Two pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two columns.</li>
<li><b>Two pages with cover page</b> Determines whether the page layout uses two
columns with a break after the cover page.</li>
<li><b>Multiple pages</b> Determines whether the page layout uses multiple
columns. The number of columns can be changed in the settings dialog.</li>
<li><b>Right to left</b> Determines how pages are arranged in layouts with
multiple pages per row.</li>
<li><b>Zoom in</b> Increases the scale factor by 10 percent. The maximum scale
factor is 5000 percent.</li>
<li><b>Zoom out</b> Decreases the scale factor by 10 percent. The minimum scale
factor is 10 percent.</li>
<li><b>Original size</b> Resets the scale factor to 100 percent.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page width</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally.</li>
<li><b>Fit to page size</b> Determines the scale factor such that all pages
fully fit into the main view horizontally and vertically.</li>
<li><b>Rotate left</b> Rotates the pages left/counterclockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Rotate right</b> Rotates the pages right/clockwise by 90 degrees.</li>
<li><b>Invert colors</b> Determines whether pages are rendered with inverted
colors.</li>
<li><b>Convert to grayscale</b> Determines whether pages are converted to
grayscale after rendering.</li>
<li><b>Trim margins</b> Enables the removal of empty page margins after
rendering.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b> Enables the composition of the rendered page with the
paper color to adjust the background of scanned documents.</li>
<li><b>Tool bars</b> This menu contains a list of available tool bars for
accessing frequently used actions.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> This menu contains a list of available docks for displaying
supplementary information.</li>
<li><b>Fonts...</b> Opens a dialog listing the fonts used in the document.</li>
<li><b>Fullscreen</b> Toggles the fullscreen mode, i.e. the window is shown
maximized and without decoration.</li>
<li><b>Presentation...</b> Enters presentation mode which can be left by
pressing F12 or escape. The home/end key is used to display the first/last
page. Arrow keys right and down, space and the page down key jump to the
next page. Arrow keys left and up, backspace and the page up key jump to the
previous page. Pressing control and return jumps back to the page before the
last jump.</li>
</ul>
<p>The <em>scale factor</em> can be changed by entering the desired percentage
into the text field in the view tool bar, which can be focused using Ctrl+L,
and pressing the return key.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Tabs</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous/Next tab</b> Makes the previous/next tab the current tab. Cycles
to the last/first tab if the first/last tab is the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close tab</b> Closes the current tab.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs</b> Closes all tabs.</li>
<li><b>Close all tabs but current tab</b> Closes all tabs except for the current
tab.</li>
<li><b>Recently closed</b> Contains a list of the most recently closed tabs (if
enabled in the settings).</li>
</ul>
<p>This menu contains a list of all tabs which can be made the current tab by
clicking on the corresponding menu item. Tabs can also be closed by
middle-clicking. The first nine tabs can also be activated by holding the
Alt modifier and pressing keys one to nine.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Bookmarks</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Previous bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark before the current
page.</li>
<li><b>Next bookmark</b> Jumps to the closest bookmark after the current page.</li>
<li><b>Add bookmark</b> Adds a bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove bookmark</b> Removes the bookmark for the current file and page.</li>
<li><b>Remove all bookmarks</b> Removes all bookmarks.</li>
<li><b>Open</b> Opens the corresponding file in the current tab. If there is no
tab, the file is opened in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Open in new tab</b> Opens the corresponding file in a new tab.</li>
<li><b>Jump to page</b> Jumps to the corresponding page if the corresponding
file is already open. Otherwise the corresponding file is opened in a new
tab.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Help</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contents</b> Displays this document.</li>
<li><b>About</b> Displays the program version.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Main view</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The backspace/space key skips to the previous/next page. The home/end key
skips to the first/last page. The arrow, page up and page down keys scroll
the viewport. Pressing control and return jumps to the page before the last
jump.</p>
<p>Using the mouse wheel scrolls up and down. Holding <b>ALT</b> while using
the mouse wheel scrolls left and right. Holding <b>CTRL</b> while using the
mouse wheel scales the document. Holding <b>SHIFT</b> while using the mouse
wheel rotates the document. (Keyboard modifiers can be changed in the
settings dialog.) Click and hold the middle mouse button to select a
rectangle to zoom to.</p>
<p>Links are highlighted by red frames (if enabled in the settings). Left-click
on a link to show the linked page or open the linked URL in the default
browser (if enabled in the settings). Middle-click on a link to show the
linked page in a new tab. Hovering over a link displays its destination as a
tool tip.</p>
<p>Form fields are highlighted by blue frames (if enabled in the
settings). Left-click on a form field to edit its contents. Hovering over a
form field displays its name as a tool tip.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>To <em>copy texts or images</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b>, click and hold the left
mouse button to drag a frame around the area to copy. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to copy texts or
images into the clipboard.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>To <em>zoom to a selection</em>, hold <b>SHIFT</b> and <b>CTRL</b>, click
and hold the left mouse button to drag a frame around region to zoom into.</p>
<p>The <em>visibility of the tool and menu bars</em> can be toggled using
configurable keyboard shortcuts whose default values are "Shift+Alt+T" and
"Shift+Alt+M".</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Auxiliary views</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>The <em>outline view</em> displays an overview of the contents of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view. The context menu can be used to expand/collapse all items below the
selected item.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>The <em>properties view</em> displays additional information contained in
the document.</p>
<p>The <em>thumbnails view</em> displays smaller versions of the pages of the
document. A left click on an entry jumps to the respective page in the main
view.</p>
<p>The <em>bookmarks view</em> shows the bookmarks related to the document
displayed in the current tab. The context menu contains entries to jump to
the previous/next boookmark or to add bookmarks. The context menu of each
entry also contains entries to edit and delete bookmarks.</p>
<p>If enabled in the settings, the <em>extended search dock</em> shows an
overview containing the results of all searches being performed in all
tabs. It also shows the text surrounding a result with the search term being
emphasized. Clicking on a result opens the corresponding tab and jumps to
its position.</p>
<h3><a name="settings">Settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="behaviorsettings">Behavior settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Open URL</b> Determines whether links to URL are opened in the default
browser.</li>
<li><b>Auto-refresh</b> Determines whether files are automatically reloaded if
changed on disk.</li>
<li><b>Track recently used</b> If enabled, a recently used menu is available and
lists as many recently used files as set in the "Recently used count"
option. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Keep recently closed</b> If enabled, a recently closed menu is available
and lists as many recently closed tabs as set in the "Recently closed count"
option. Keeping the tabs available could increase memory usage
considerably. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Restore tabs</b> If enabled, tabs and their properties are saved on
ending the program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore bookmarks</b> If enabled, bookmarks are saved on ending the
program and restored on restart.</li>
<li><b>Restore per-file settings</b> If enabled, per-file settings are
saved/restored on opening/closing tabs.</li>
<li><b>Save database interval</b> The interval after which tabs, bookmarks or
per-file settings are saved to the database.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize presentation</b> If enabled, the main view can be used to
control the presentation view.</li>
<li><b>Presentation screen</b> The index of the screen to display the
presentation view on.</li>
<li><b>Synchronize outline view</b> If enabled, the outline view will highlight
the first entry pointing to the current page whenever the current page
changes.</li>
<li><b>Minimal scrolling</b> If enabled, the view port will only be scrolled if
the target position is not yet visible.</li>
<li><b>Zoom factor</b> The number by which the scale factor is multiplied
resp. divided upon zooming in resp. out.</li>
<li><b>Highlight color</b> Determines the color of highlights.</li>
<li><b>Highlight duration</b> Determines the duration of temporary highlights.</li>
<li><b>Annotation color</b> The color of annotations added by the program using
SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Source editor</b> The program which is started to edit sources. '%1' is
replaced by the absolute file path. '%2' resp. '%3' is replaced by line
resp. column number.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="graphicssettings">Graphics settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Use tiling</b> Pages will be divided into tiles before rendering and
caching to reduce memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Keep obsolete pixmaps</b> If enabled, then upon change of the zoom
factor, cached pixmaps will be used to draw approximations of final pixmaps
until these are available at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Use device pixel ratio</b> If enabled, the highest available device pixel
ratio is used to render at physical and display at logical resolution.</li>
<li><b>Decorate pages</b> Determines whether pages are set apart from the
background.</li>
<li><b>Decorate links</b> Determines whether links are highlighted by red
frames.</li>
<li><b>Decorate form fields</b> Determines whether form fields are highlighted
by blue frames.</li>
<li><b>Background color</b> Determines the color of the background using SVG
color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Paper color</b> Determines the color of pages using SVG color keywords or
hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Presentation background color</b> Overrides the paper color in the
computation of the background color of the presentation view and is defined
using SVG color keywords or hexadecimal notation '#rrggbb'.</li>
<li><b>Pages per row</b> Number of pages per row in the 'multiple pages' layout
mode.</li>
<li><b>Page spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space displayed
between pages.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail spacing</b> Determines both vertical and horizontal space
displayed between thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Thumbnail size</b> Determines the size of the thumbnails.</li>
<li><b>Cache size</b> The program will try to cache rendered pages within this
limit increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased memory usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch</b> The program will try to render pages that are not yet
visible increasing rendering speed at the cost of increased cache usage.</li>
<li><b>Prefetch distance</b> The number of rows beyond the current row and twice
the number of rows before the current row that are prefetched.</li>
<li><b>PDF settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Antialiasing</b> Improves display quality at the cost of performance</li>
<li><b>Text antialiasing</b> Improves text display quality at the cost of
performance</li>
<li><b>Text hinting</b> May improve text display quality for certain fonts.</li>
<li><b>Overprint preview</b> If enabled, a preview of printing one layer of ink
on top of another is displayed.</li>
<li><b>Thin line mode</b> Chooses the optimization used to draw thin lines.</li>
<li><b>Backend</b> Chooses the backend used to render pages.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>PS settings</b>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphics antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for
graphics.</li>
<li><b>Text antialias bits</b> Determines the amount of antialiasing for text.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="interfacesettings">Interface settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Extended search dock</b> If enabled, the default search dock is extended
by an overview showing the results of all tabs. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Annotation overlay</b> If enabled, all annotations on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each annotation will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Form field overlay</b> If enabled, all form fields on a page will be
displayed as an interactive overlay. Otherwise each form field will be
handled as a separate pop-up window.</li>
<li><b>Tab position</b> Defines at which edge of the main view tabs will be
displayed.</li>
<li><b>Tab visibility</b> Determines whether tabs will be displayed if less than
two documents are opened.</li>
<li><b>Spread tabs</b> Determines if tabs will be spread out evenly over the
whole tab bar.</li>
<li><b>New tab next to current tab</b> If enabled, new tabs are opened to the
right of the active tab.</li>
<li><b>Exit after last tab</b> If enabled, the application exits after the last
tab is closed.</li>
<li><b>Recently used count</b> Sets the number of files that are listed in the
recently used menu, if "Track recently used" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>Recently closed count</b> Sets the number of tabs that are listed in the
recently closed menu, if "Keep recently closed" is enabled. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>File tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the file tool
bar. Available actions are openInNewTab, open, refresh, saveCopy, saveAs,
print and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Edit tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the edit tool
bar. Available actions are currentPage, previousPage, nextPage, firstPage,
lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward, search,
copyToClipboardMode, addAnnotationMode and separator. (Effective after
restart.)</li>
<li><b>View tool bar</b> Defines which actions are visible in the view tool
bar. Available actions are scaleFactor, zoomIn, zoomOut, continuousMode,
twoPagesMode, twoPagesWithCoverPageMode, multiplePagesMode, originalSize,
fitToPageWidthMode, fitToPageSizeMode, rotateLeft, rotateRight, fullscreen,
presentation and separator. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Document context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in the
document's context menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab,
openCopyInNewWindow, openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, previousPage,
nextPage, firstPage, lastPage, jumpToPage, jumpBackward, jumpForward,
setFirstPage, findPrevious, findNext, cancelSearch and separator.</li>
<li><b>Tab context menu</b> Defines which actions are visible in a tab's context
menu. Available actions are openCopyInNewTab, openCopyInNewWindow,
openContainingFolder, moveToInstance, copyFilePath, selectFilePath,
closeAllTabs, closeAllTabsButThisOne, closeAllTabsToTheLeft,
closeAllTabsToTheRight and separator.</li>
<li><b>Scrollable menus</b> Will override the default style so that pop-up menus
scroll instead being laid-out in mutliple columns if they are larger than
the available screen space. (Effective after restart.)</li>
<li><b>Searchable menus</b> Extends the default keyboard navigation of the tabs
and bookmarks menus by a search-as-you-type mechanism.</li>
<li><b>Toggle tool and menu bars with fullscreen</b> Always toggles the
visibility of the tool and menu bars when toggling fullscreen mode.</li>
<li><b>Use page label</b> Determines if document-supplied page label will be
used instead of page numbers when available.</li>
<li><b>Document title as tab title</b> Determines if the tab title as derived
from the meta-data instead of the file name.</li>
<li><b>Current page in window title</b> If enabled, the current page and number
of pages of the document in the active tab are displayed in the window
title.</li>
<li><b>Instance name in window title</b> If enabled and the current instance is
named, its name is displayed in the window title.</li>
<li><b>Highlight current thumbnail</b> If enabled, the current page is
highlighted in the thumbnails view.</li>
<li><b>Limit thumbnails to results</b> If this option is enabled and a search is
conducted, only the pages where the search term is found are displayed in
the thumbnails view.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="shortcutsettings">Shortcut settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<p>The shortcut settings allows the adjustment of keyboard shortcuts to
personal preference. Shortcuts are changed by double-clicking on the
shortcut to edit it and entering the new shortcut. Each action can have
several shortcuts by entering a semicolon-separated list of them. Names of
keys that are not single letters are written out explicitly (e.g. "Alt",
"Ctrl", "PgDown"), where the matching is not case sensitive. If the shortcut
contains modifier keys, the names of the keys are joined by a plus sign and
modifier keys must be listed first, e.g. "Ctrl+A" or "Ctrl++".</p>
<h4><a name="modifiersettings">Modifier settings</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Zoom</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom using the mouse wheel in the main
view.</li>
<li><b>Rotate</b> The keyboard modifiers to rotate using the mouse wheel in the
main view.</li>
<li><b>Scroll</b> The keyboard modifiers to scroll horizontally using the mouse
wheel in the main view.</li>
<li><b>Copy to clipboard</b> The keyboard modifiers to copy texts or images from
a page to the clipboard.</li>
<li><b>Add annotation</b> The keyboard modifiers to add annotations to a page.</li>
<li><b>Zoom to selection</b> The keyboard modifiers to zoom to a slection on a
page.</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

540
help/help_fr.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
<!--
Copyright 2012 Benjamin Eltzner
Copyright 2012 Adam Reichold
This file is part of qpdfview.
qpdfview is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
qpdfview is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with qpdfview. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>
.
This file is additionally licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported (CC-BY-SA) license. The full text of the license can be found at https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode
-->
<html>
<head>
<title>Aide</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2><a name="top">Aide</a></h2>
<h4>Table des matières</h4>
<ol>
<li><a href="#mainmenu">Menu principal</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#file">Fichier</a></li>
<li><a href="#edit">Édition</a></li>
<li><a href="#view">Afficher</a></li>
<li><a href="#tabs">Onglets</a></li>
<li><a href="#bookmarks">Signets</a></li>
<li><a href="#help">Aide</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="#mainview">Vue principale</a></li>
<li><a href="#auxiliaryviews">Vues auxiliaires</a></li>
<li><a href="#settings">Paramètres</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="#behaviorsettings">Comportement</a></li>
<li><a href="#graphicssettings">Paramètres d'affichage</a></li>
<li><a href="#interfacesettings">Paramètres de l'interface</a></li>
<li><a href="#shortcutsettings">Raccourcis</a></li>
<li><a href="#modifiersettings">Modificateurs</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p><em>qpdfview</em> est une visionneuse de documents par onglets. Elle utilise
Poppler pour la prise en charge du format PDF, libspectre pour le format PS,
DjVuLibre pour le format DjVu, CUPS pour le support d'impression et la
bibliothèque Qt pour son interface.</p>
<p>Veuillez consulter la page du manuel pour obtenir des informations sur les
options en ligne de commande et sur les fichiers de configuration.</p>
<h3><a name="mainmenu">Menu principal</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<h4><a name="file">Fichier</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Ouvrir...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue pour choisir un fichier à
ouvrir dans l'onglet courant. S'il n'y a pas d'onglet, le fichier est ouvert
dans un nouvel onglet.</li>
<li><b>Ouvrir dans un nouvel onglet...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue pour
choisir les fichiers à ouvrir dans de nouveaux onglets.</li>
<li><b>Récemment utilisés</b> Contient une liste des fichiers récemment utilisés
(si l'option est activée dans les paramètres).</li>
<li><b>Actualiser</b> Recharge le fichier affiché dans l'onglet courant.</li>
<li><b>Enregistrer</b> Enregistre les modifications des annotations et champs de
formulaire dans le fichier affiché dans l'onglet actuel.</li>
<li><b>Enregistrer sous...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue pour enregistrer le
fichier affiché dans l'onglet courant y compris les modifications des
annotations et des champs de formulaire.</li>
<li><b>Enregistrer une copie…</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue pour enregistrer
une copie non modifiée du fichier affiché dans l'onglet actuel.</li>
<li><b>Imprimer...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue pour imprimer le fichier
affiché dans l'onglet courant.</li>
<li><b>Quitter</b> Ferme tous les onglets, puis le programme.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="edit">Édition</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Page suivante/Page précédente/Première page/Dernière page</b> Va à la
page suivante/page précédente/première page/dernière page du document.</li>
<li><b>Aller à la page...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue demandant le numéro de
la page à afficher dans l'onglet courant.</li>
<li><b>Aller vers l'arrière/l'avant</b> Aller vers l'arrière/l'avant dans
l'historique des pages affichées.</li>
<li><b>Rechercher...</b> Ouvre la barre de recherche sous l'affichage
principal. La recherche démarre automatiquement 2 secondes après le dernier
changement du terme de recherche ou est démarrée manuellement en appuyant
sur la touche entrée. Si la touche Maj est maintenue enfoncée quand la
touche entrée est pressée, la recherche démarre dans tous les onglets, et
non plus seulement dans l'onglet actuel. (Cet effet est annulé si la barre
de recherche avancée est activée dans les paramètres.)</li>
<li><b>Rechercher le précédent/suivant</b> Saute à l'occurrence
précédente/suivante du terme recherché dans le document.</li>
<li><b>Annuler la recherche</b> Annule la recherche en cours et ferme la barre
de recherche.</li>
<li><b>Copier dans le presse-papiers</b> Lorsque l'action est lancée, le
programme attend le tracé d'une zone de sélection à la souris pour copier
son contenu sous forme de textes ou d'images.</li>
<li><b>Ajouter une annotation</b> Lorsque cette action est lancée, le programme
attend qu'une zone soit tracée avec la souris pour y ajouter une annotation.</li>
<li><b>Paramètres...</b> Ouvre la boîte de dialogue des paramètres. Le bouton «
Défauts » permet de restaurer tous les réglages de tous les onglets à leur
valeur par défaut. Le bouton « Défauts sur l'onglet actuel » ne restaure les
paramètres par défaut que de l'onglet courant.</li>
</ul>
<p>La <em>page courante</em> peut être modifiée en saisissant le numéro de la
page souhaitée dans le champ de texte de la barre d'outils, auquel on peut
accéder par Ctrl+K, et en validant par la touche entrée.</p>
<h4><a name="view">Affichage</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Continu</b> Permet de rendre simultanément visibles les différentes
lignes de la mise en page.</li>
<li><b>Deux pages</b> Mise en page en mode deux colonnes.</li>
<li><b>Deux pages avec page de couverture</b> Mise en page en deux colonnes avec
un saut de page pour la page de couverture.</li>
<li><b>Multiples pages</b> Mode de mise en page à plusieurs colonnes. Le nombre
de colonnes se règle dans le menu paramètres.</li>
<li><b>Droite vers la gauche</b> Indique comment les pages sont présentées
lorsque la mise en page multiple comporte plusieurs pages par ligne.</li>
<li><b>Zoom avant</b> Augmente le facteur d'échelle par tranche de 10 %. Le
facteur d'échelle maximum est de 5000 %.</li>
<li><b>Zoom arrière</b> Diminue le facteur d'échelle par tranche de 10 %. Le
facteur d'échelle minimum est de 10 %.</li>
<li><b>Taille originale</b> Rétablit le facteur d'échelle à 100 pourcent.</li>
<li><b>Ajuster à la largeur de la page</b> Ajuste le facteur d'échelle de façon
à ce que la page occupe toute la largeur de la fenêtre principale.</li>
<li><b>Ajuster à la taille de la page</b> Ajuste le facteur d'échelle de façon à
ce que la page occupe toute la hauteur de la fenêtre principale.</li>
<li><b>Rotation vers la gauche</b> Tourne la page vers la gauche (le sens
contraire des aiguilles d'une montre) de 90 degrés.</li>
<li><b>Rotation vers la droite</b> Tourne la page vers la droite (le sens des
aiguilles d'une montre) de 90 degrés.</li>
<li><b>Inverser les couleurs</b> Précise que les pages doivent être affichées en
couleurs inversées.</li>
<li><b>Convertir en niveaux de gris</b> Détermine si les pages sont converties
en niveaux de gris après le rendu.</li>
<li><b>Rogner les marges</b> Active la suppression des marges de page vides
après le rendu.</li>
<li><b>Composition</b></li>
<li><b>Barre d'outils</b> Ce menu contient une liste de barres d'outils
disponibles pour accéder aux actions fréquemment utilisées.</li>
<li><b>Docks</b> Ce menu contient la liste des docks disponibles pour afficher
des informations supplémentaires.</li>
<li><b>Polices...</b> Ouvre une boîte de dialogue cataloguant l'ensemble des
polices de caractères utilisées dans le document.</li>
<li><b>Plein écran</b> Bascule en mode plein écran ; la fenêtre occupe la taille
maximale sans décoration.</li>
<li><b>Présentation...</b> Entre dans le mode présentation que l'on peut quitter
par les touches F12 ou Echap. La touche Home/Fin permet d'afficher la
première/dernière page. Les touches droite, bas ou espace permettent d'aller
à la page suivante. Les touches gauche, haut ou retour permettent d'aller à
la page précédente. L'appui simultané sur les touches control et entrée
permet d'aller à la page précédent le dernier saut.</li>
</ul>
<p>Le <em>facteur d'échelle</em> peut-être modifié en saisissant le pourcentage
souhaité dans le champ de texte de la barre d'outils, accessible par le
raccourci Ctrl+L, et en valident par la touche entrée.</p>
<h4><a name="tabs">Onglets</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Onglet précédent/suivant</b> Passe à l'onglet précédent/suivant. Boucle
sur le dernier/premier onglet si l'onglet courant est le premier/dernier.</li>
<li><b>Fermer l'onglet</b> Ferme l'onglet courant.</li>
<li><b>Fermer tous les onglets</b> Ferme tous les onglets.</li>
<li><b>Fermer tous les onglets sauf l'onglet courant</b> Ferme tous les onglets
sauf l'onglet courant.</li>
<li><b>Récemment fermés</b> Contient une liste des onglets récemment fermés (si
l'option est activée dans les paramètres).</li>
</ul>
<p>Ce menu contient une liste de tous les onglets qui peuvent devenir l'onglet
courant par sélection dans le menu. Les onglets peuvent être fermés en
cliquant sur le bouton du milieu de la souris. Les neufs premiers onglets
peuvent être sélectionnés en maintenant la touche Alt enfoncée et en
pressant une touche de un à neuf.</p>
<h4><a name="bookmarks">Signets</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Signet précédent</b> Va au signet le plus proche avant la page courante.</li>
<li><b>Signet suivant</b> Va au signet le plus proche après la page courante.</li>
<li><b>Ajouter un signet</b> Ajoute un signet à la page courante du fichier
courant.</li>
<li><b>Supprimer le signet</b> Supprime le signet de la page courante du fichier
courant.</li>
<li><b>Enlever tous les signets</b> Enlève tous les signets.</li>
<li><b>Ouvrir</b> Ouvre le fichier correspondant dans l'onglet courant. S'il n'y
a pas d'onglet, le fichier est ouvert dans un nouvel onglet.</li>
<li><b>Ouvrir dans un nouvel onglet</b> Ouvre le fichier correspondant dans un
nouvel onglet.</li>
<li><b>Aller à la page</b> Va à la page correspondante si le fichier en question
est déjà ouvert. Sinon le fichier est d'abord ouvert dans un nouvel onglet.</li>
</ul>
<h4><a name="help">Aide</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h4>
<ul>
<li><b>Contenu</b> Affiche ce document.</li>
<li><b>À propos</b> Affiche le numéro de version du programme.</li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="mainview">Vue principale</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>La touche retour/espace permet d'aller à la page précédente/suivante. La
touche Home/Fin permet d'aller à la première/dernière page. Les flèches, les
touches page vers le haut, page vers le bas permettent de faire défiler la
vue. L'appui simultané sur les touches control et entrée permet d'aller à la
page précédent le dernier saut.</p>
<p>Utilisez la roulette de la souris pour faire défiler la page
verticalement. Maintenez la touche <b>ALT</b> enfoncée lorsque vous utilisez
la roulette pour faire défiler la page horizontalement. Maintenez la touche
<b>CTRL</b> enfoncée lorsque vous utilisez la roulette pour zoomer ou
dézoomer le document. Maintenez la touche <b>SHIFT</b> enfoncée lorsque vous
utilisez la roulette pour tourner le document (la configuration du clavier
peut être changée dans la boîte de dialogue des paramètres). Cliquez et
maintenez le bouton central de la souris pour sélectionner une zone
rectangulaire sur laquelle zoomer.</p>
<p>Les liens sont surlignés par des cadres rouges (si cela est activé dans les
paramètres). Un clic gauche sur un lien montre la page liée ou ouvre la page
dans le navigateur par défaut (si cela est activé dans les paramètres). Un
clic central sur un lien ouvre la page liée dans un nouvel onglet. Passer le
curseur au-dessus dun lien affiche sa destination comme une astuce.</p>
<p>Les champs de formulaire sont mis en valeur par un cadre bleu (si ce
comportement a été choisi dans les paramètres). Un clic gauche sur un champ
de formulaire permet d'en éditer le contenu. Passer sur un champ de
formulaire affiche son nom dans une bulle d'aide.</p>
<p>The source of a position in the document can be opened in the source editor
using the context menu which optionally contains an item for the first
matching <em>SyncTeX</em> node.</p>
<p>Pour <em>copier du texte ou des images</em>, maintenir la touche <b>Maj</b>
enfoncée, cliquer et maintenir le bouton gauche de la souris enfoncé pour
dessiner un cadre autour de la zone à copier. Une fois le bouton de la
souris relâché, une boîte de dialogue s'affiche, permettant de choisir de
copier le texte ou l'image dans le presse-papiers.</p>
<p>To <em>add annotations</em>, hold <b>CTRL</b>, click and hold the left mouse
button to drag a frame around the region to annotate. Once the mouse button
is released, a pop-up menu is displayed to select whether to add text or
highlight annotations. Left-click to <em>edit annotations</em>. Right-click
to <em>remove annotations</em>. (Adding and removing annotations requires
version 0.20.1 or higher of the Poppler library.) Hovering over an
annotation displays its contents as a tool tip.</p>
<p>Pour <em>zoomer sur la sélection</em>, maintenir <b>Maj</b> et <b>Ctrl</b>,
puis cliquer et maintenir le bouton gauche de la souris enfoncé pour
encadrer la région à agrandir.</p>
<p>La <em>visibilité des barres doutils et de menu</em> peut être alternée en
utilisant les raccourcis clavier configurables dont les valeurs par défaut
sont «Shift + Alt + T» et «Shift + Alt + M».</p>
<h3><a name="auxiliaryviews">Vues auxiliaires</a> <a href="#top">&uarr;</a></h3>
<p>Le <em>sommaire</em> (F6) affiche une vue d'ensemble du contenu du
document. Un clic gauche sur une entrée bascule sur la page respective dans
la vue principale. Le menu contextuel peut être utilisé pour
développer/réduire tous les éléments en dessous de l'élément sélectionné.</p>
<p>The outline view can also be navigated using the keyboard and the mouse
wheel. Holding Shift and using the Up/Down keys will scroll the
view. Holding Shift and using the Left/Right keys will collapse/expand one
level of items below the selected item. Holding Control and using the
Left/Right keys will completely collapse/expand the selected item and its
children. Holding Shift and using the mousel wheel will change the selected
item. Holding Control and using the mouse wheel will expand/collapse the
selected item.</p>
<p>L' <em>affichage des propriétés</em> permet d'afficher des informations
supplémentaires contenues dans le document.</p>